(rmail-summary-previous-msg): Add docstring.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob2b3caf568c1f55db3c14512b9140edf401d03a07
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15935 48681))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (15935 48913))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
124 \(fn)" t nil)
126 ;;;***
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (15935 48914))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (15935 48914))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
149 ;;;***
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15913 50442))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
158 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
159 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
161 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
163 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
164 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
165 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
166 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
167 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
168 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
170 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
172 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
173 Prompt for a change log name.
175 \(fn)" nil nil)
177 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
178 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
180 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
181 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
183 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
185 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
186 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
187 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
189 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
190 current buffer to the complete file name.
191 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
193 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
195 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
196 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
197 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
198 name and site.
200 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
201 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
203 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
205 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
206 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
207 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
209 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
210 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
211 the same person.
213 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
214 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
215 notices.
217 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
218 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
220 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
222 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
223 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
224 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
225 the change log file in another window.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
228 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
230 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
231 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
232 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
233 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
234 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
235 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
237 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
238 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
240 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
241 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
243 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
244 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
246 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
247 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
249 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
250 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
252 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
253 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
254 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
255 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
256 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
258 Has a preference of looking backwards.
260 \(fn)" nil nil)
262 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
263 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
264 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
265 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
266 or a buffer.
268 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
269 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
271 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
273 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
274 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
276 \(fn)" t nil)
278 ;;;***
280 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
281 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
282 ;;;;;; 3013))
283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
285 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
286 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
287 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
288 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
289 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
290 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
291 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
292 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
293 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
294 interpreted as `error'.")
296 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
298 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
299 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
300 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
301 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
302 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
303 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
304 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
305 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
309 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
310 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
311 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
312 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
313 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
314 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
315 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
316 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
317 will be overwritten with the new one.
318 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
319 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
320 will clear the cache.
322 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
324 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
325 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
326 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
328 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
329 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
330 BODY... )
332 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
333 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
334 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
335 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
336 see also `ad-add-advice'.
337 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
338 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
339 before/around/after-advices will be used.
340 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
341 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
342 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
343 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
344 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
345 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
347 Semantics of the various flags:
348 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
349 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
350 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
352 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
353 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
355 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
356 advised function should be compiled.
358 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
359 during activation until somebody enables it.
361 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
362 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
363 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
364 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
366 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
367 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
368 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
369 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
370 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
371 during preloading.
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
375 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
377 ;;;***
379 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
380 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
381 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15790 59645))
382 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
384 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
385 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
386 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
387 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
388 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
389 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
390 rule's `separate' attribute).
392 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
393 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
394 `separate' attribute set.
396 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
397 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
398 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
399 on the format of these lists.
401 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
403 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
404 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
405 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
406 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
407 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
408 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
409 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
410 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
411 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
412 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
413 options.
415 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
416 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
418 Fred (123) 456-7890
419 Alice (123) 456-7890
420 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
421 Joe (123) 456-7890
423 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
424 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
425 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
427 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
429 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
430 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
431 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
432 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
433 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
434 align that section.
436 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
438 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
439 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
440 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
441 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
442 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
443 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
444 been used to align that section.
446 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
449 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
450 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
451 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
452 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
453 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
454 to be colored.
456 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
461 \(fn)" t nil)
463 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
464 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
466 \(fn)" t nil)
468 ;;;***
470 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (15935 40243))
471 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
473 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
474 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
476 MODE is one of the following symbols:
478 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
479 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
480 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
481 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
482 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
483 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
484 any confirmation check.
486 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
487 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
488 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
489 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
491 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
492 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
493 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
495 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
496 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
498 \(require 'allout)
499 \(allout-init t)
501 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
503 ;;;***
505 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
506 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15935 48476))
507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
509 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
511 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
512 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
513 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
514 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
515 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
516 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
518 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
520 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
521 Not documented
523 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
525 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
527 ;;;***
529 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
530 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15935 48681))
531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
533 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
534 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
535 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
536 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
537 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
538 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
539 in the current window.
541 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
543 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
544 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
545 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
547 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
549 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
550 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
552 \(fn)" t nil)
554 ;;;***
556 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
557 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15935 40150))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
560 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
561 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
563 \(fn)" t nil)
565 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
566 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
568 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
569 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
570 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
571 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
573 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
574 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
576 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
580 ;;;***
582 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
583 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15935 48914))
584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
586 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
587 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
588 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
589 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
590 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
591 \\[yank].
593 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
594 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
595 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
596 the rules.
598 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
599 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
600 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
601 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
603 \(fn)" t nil)
605 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
606 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
607 \\{antlr-mode-map}
609 \(fn)" t nil)
611 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
612 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
613 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
615 \(fn)" nil nil)
617 ;;;***
619 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
620 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
621 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
622 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15935 46813))
623 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
625 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
626 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
627 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
628 as the first thing on a line.")
630 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
632 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
633 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
635 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
637 (defvar appt-audible t "\
638 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
640 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
642 (defvar appt-visible t "\
643 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
645 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
647 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
648 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
650 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
652 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
653 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
658 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
660 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
662 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
663 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
664 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
668 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
669 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
670 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
672 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
674 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
675 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
677 \(fn)" t nil)
679 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
680 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
681 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
682 put in the appointments list.
683 02/23/89
684 12:00pm lunch
685 Wednesday
686 10:00am group meeting
687 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
688 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
689 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
691 \(fn)" nil nil)
693 ;;;***
695 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
696 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
697 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (15935 40265))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
700 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
701 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
703 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
705 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
706 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
707 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
708 normal variables.
710 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
712 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
714 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
715 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
716 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
717 noninteractive functions.
719 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
720 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
722 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
724 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
725 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
727 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
729 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
730 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
731 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
732 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
733 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
737 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
738 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
739 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
740 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
741 Returns list of symbols and values found.
743 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
745 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
746 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
747 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
748 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
749 bindings.
750 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
752 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
754 ;;;***
756 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15935
757 ;;;;;; 40136))
758 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
760 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
761 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
762 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
763 Letters no longer insert themselves.
764 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
765 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
767 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
768 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
769 archive.
771 \\{archive-mode-map}
773 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
775 ;;;***
777 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15935 40288))
778 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
780 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
781 Major mode for editing arrays.
783 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
784 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
785 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
787 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
789 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
790 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
791 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
793 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
794 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
795 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
796 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
797 The variables are:
799 Variables you assign:
800 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
801 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
802 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
803 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
804 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
805 row numbers in the buffer.
807 Variables which are calculated:
808 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
809 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
811 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
812 take a numeric prefix argument):
814 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
815 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
816 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
817 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
819 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
820 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
821 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
822 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
824 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
825 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
826 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
827 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
829 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
830 between that of point and mark.
832 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
833 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
835 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
836 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
837 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
838 newlines inside rows)
840 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
842 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
844 \(fn)" t nil)
846 ;;;***
848 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15792
849 ;;;;;; 10236))
850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
852 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
853 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
854 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
855 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
857 How to quit artist mode
859 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
862 How to submit a bug report
864 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
867 Drawing with the mouse:
869 mouse-2
870 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
871 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
872 below).
874 mouse-1
875 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
876 or pastes:
878 Operation Not shifted Shifted
879 --------------------------------------------------------------
880 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
881 to new point
882 --------------------------------------------------------------
883 Line Line in any direction Straight line
884 --------------------------------------------------------------
885 Rectangle Rectangle Square
886 --------------------------------------------------------------
887 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
888 --------------------------------------------------------------
889 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
890 --------------------------------------------------------------
891 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
898 lines
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Paste Paste Paste
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
909 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
910 or diagonally.
912 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
913 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
914 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
915 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
916 poly-lines.
918 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
919 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
920 overwrite means the opposite.
922 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
923 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
924 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
926 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
928 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
929 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
931 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
932 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
933 are currently drawing something.
935 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
936 some time to fill.
939 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
940 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
943 Settings
945 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
947 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
949 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
951 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
953 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
954 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
956 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
959 Drawing with keys
961 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
962 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
963 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
964 When erase characters: toggles erasing
965 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
966 When pasting: Pastes
968 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
970 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
972 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
973 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
974 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
975 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
976 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
977 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
980 Arrows
982 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
983 of the line/poly-line
985 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
986 of the line/poly-line
989 Selecting operation
991 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
993 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
994 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
995 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
996 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
997 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
998 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
999 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1000 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1001 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1002 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1003 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1004 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1005 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1006 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1007 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1009 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1010 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1011 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1012 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1015 Variables
1017 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1018 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1020 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1021 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1022 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1023 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1024 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1025 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1026 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1027 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1028 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1029 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1030 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1031 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1032 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1033 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1034 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1035 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1036 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1037 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1038 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1040 Hooks
1042 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1043 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1046 Keymap summary
1048 \\{artist-mode-map}
1050 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1052 ;;;***
1054 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15933
1055 ;;;;;; 22171))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1058 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1059 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1060 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1062 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1063 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1064 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1065 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1067 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1068 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1070 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1071 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1073 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1075 Special commands:
1076 \\{asm-mode-map}
1078 \(fn)" t nil)
1080 ;;;***
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1083 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1086 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1087 Obsolete.")
1089 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1091 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1092 This command is obsolete.
1094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1096 ;;;***
1098 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1099 ;;;;;; (15851 22937))
1100 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1102 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1103 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1104 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1106 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1108 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1110 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1111 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1112 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1113 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1114 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1115 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1116 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1117 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1118 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1119 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1121 For example:
1122 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1123 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1124 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1125 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1126 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1128 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1132 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1133 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1134 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1136 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1138 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1140 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1141 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1142 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1143 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1144 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1145 &c to supply digit arguments.
1147 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1154 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1157 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1158 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1160 \(fn)" t nil)
1162 ;;;***
1164 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1165 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15935 40121))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1168 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1169 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1170 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1172 \(fn)" t nil)
1174 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1175 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1176 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1177 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1179 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1181 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1182 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1183 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1185 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1187 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1189 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1190 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1191 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1192 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1194 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1195 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1199 ;;;***
1201 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1202 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1203 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
1204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1206 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1207 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1208 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1209 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1211 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1213 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1214 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1215 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1217 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1219 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1221 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments.
1223 \(fn)" nil nil)
1225 ;;;***
1227 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1228 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1229 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1231 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1232 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1233 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1235 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1236 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1238 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1239 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1240 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1244 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1245 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1247 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1248 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1250 \(fn)" nil nil)
1252 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1253 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1254 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1256 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1258 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1260 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1261 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1263 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1264 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1265 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1269 ;;;***
1271 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1272 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1273 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1275 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1276 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1277 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1279 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1281 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1283 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1284 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1285 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1286 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1288 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1289 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1290 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1292 Effects of the different modes:
1293 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1294 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1295 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1296 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1297 a random distance & direction.
1298 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1299 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1300 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1302 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1304 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1305 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1306 definition of \"random distance\".)
1308 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1310 ;;;***
1312 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1313 ;;;;;; 10362))
1314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1316 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1317 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1318 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1319 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1320 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1322 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1324 ;;;***
1326 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1327 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
1328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1330 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1331 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1333 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1334 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1336 For example:
1338 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1339 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1340 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1341 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1343 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1345 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1347 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1349 ;;;***
1351 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1352 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1353 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1355 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1356 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1357 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1358 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1360 \(fn)" t nil)
1362 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1363 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1364 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1365 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1366 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1367 seconds.
1369 \(fn)" t nil)
1371 ;;;***
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1374 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1377 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1378 Time execution of FORMS.
1379 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1380 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1381 FORMS once.
1382 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1383 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1384 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1386 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1388 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1389 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1390 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1391 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1392 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1394 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1396 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1397 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1398 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1399 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1400 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1402 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1404 ;;;***
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15935
1407 ;;;;;; 49284))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1410 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1411 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1413 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1414 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1415 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1416 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1417 message.
1420 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1422 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1423 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1424 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1425 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1426 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1428 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1429 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1430 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1431 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1432 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1433 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1435 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1436 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1437 BibTeX mode.
1440 Special information:
1442 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1444 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1445 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1446 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1447 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1448 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1449 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1450 current field.
1451 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1452 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1454 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1455 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1456 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1457 bibtex-entry-format.
1458 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1459 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1460 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1462 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1463 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1465 The following may be of interest as well:
1467 Functions:
1468 bibtex-entry
1469 bibtex-kill-entry
1470 bibtex-yank-pop
1471 bibtex-pop-previous
1472 bibtex-pop-next
1473 bibtex-complete-string
1474 bibtex-complete-key
1475 bibtex-print-help-message
1476 bibtex-generate-autokey
1477 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1478 bibtex-end-of-entry
1479 bibtex-reposition-window
1480 bibtex-mark-entry
1481 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1482 bibtex-ispell-entry
1483 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1484 bibtex-sort-buffer
1485 bibtex-validate
1486 bibtex-count
1487 bibtex-fill-entry
1488 bibtex-reformat
1489 bibtex-convert-alien
1491 Variables:
1492 bibtex-field-delimiters
1493 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1494 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1495 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1496 bibtex-entry-format
1497 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1498 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1499 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1500 bibtex-predefined-strings
1501 bibtex-string-files
1503 ---------------------------------------------------------
1504 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1505 non-nil.
1507 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1509 \(fn)" t nil)
1511 ;;;***
1513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 24337))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1516 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1518 ;;;***
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15935
1521 ;;;;;; 48681))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1524 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1525 Play blackbox.
1526 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1528 What is blackbox?
1530 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1531 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1532 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1533 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1534 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1535 your score.
1537 Overview of play:
1539 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1540 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1541 four.
1543 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1544 movement keys.
1546 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1547 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1549 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1550 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1552 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1553 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1554 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1555 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1556 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1557 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1559 Details:
1561 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1563 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1564 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1565 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1566 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1568 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1569 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1570 denoted by the letter `R'.
1572 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1573 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1574 denoted by the letter `H'.
1576 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1577 example.
1579 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1580 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1581 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1582 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1583 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1584 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1585 ray.
1587 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1588 degree deflection it causes.
1591 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1592 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1593 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1594 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1595 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1596 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1597 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1598 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1601 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1602 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1608 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1609 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1610 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1611 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1614 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1615 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1616 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1617 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1618 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1619 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1620 emerging from the box.
1622 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1627 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1629 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1634 a reflection.
1636 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1638 ;;;***
1640 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1641 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1642 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1643 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1644 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1645 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12509))
1646 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1647 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1648 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1649 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1651 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1652 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1653 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1654 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1655 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1656 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1658 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1666 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1668 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1670 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1672 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1674 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1676 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1678 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1680 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1682 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1684 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1685 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1686 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1687 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1688 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1689 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1690 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1691 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1692 recent one.
1694 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1695 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1696 yank successive words.
1698 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1699 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1700 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1701 name of the file being visited.
1703 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1704 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1705 the list of bookmarks.)
1707 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1709 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1710 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1711 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1712 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1713 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1714 this.
1716 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1717 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1718 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1719 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1721 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1723 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1724 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1725 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1726 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1727 after a bookmark was set in it.
1729 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1731 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1732 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1733 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1734 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1736 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1738 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1740 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1741 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1742 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1743 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1745 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1746 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1747 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1749 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1750 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1751 name.
1753 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1755 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1756 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1757 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1758 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1759 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1760 this.
1762 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1764 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1765 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1766 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1767 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1768 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1769 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1770 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1771 probably because we were called from there.
1773 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1775 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1776 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1777 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1779 \(fn)" t nil)
1781 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1782 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1783 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1784 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1785 \(second argument).
1787 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1788 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1789 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1790 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1791 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1793 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1794 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1795 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1796 `bookmark-default-file'.
1798 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1800 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1801 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1802 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1803 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1804 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1805 while loading.
1807 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1808 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1809 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1810 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1811 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1812 explicitly.
1814 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1815 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1816 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1817 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1819 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1822 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1823 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1824 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1825 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1827 \(fn)" t nil)
1829 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1831 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1833 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1834 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1835 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1836 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1837 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1838 this.
1840 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1841 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1842 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1844 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1847 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1848 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1849 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1850 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1851 this.
1853 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1854 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1855 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1857 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1859 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1860 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1861 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1863 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1864 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1865 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1867 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1869 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1870 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1871 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1872 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1873 prompts for NEWNAME.
1874 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1875 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1876 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1878 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1879 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1880 name.
1882 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1883 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1884 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1886 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1889 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1890 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1891 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1892 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1893 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1895 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1896 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1897 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1899 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1901 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1903 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1905 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1907 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1909 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1911 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1913 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1915 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1917 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1919 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1921 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1923 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1925 ;;;***
1927 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1928 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1929 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1930 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1931 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1932 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1933 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1934 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1935 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1936 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1937 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15930 37956))
1938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1940 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1941 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1942 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1943 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1945 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1946 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1947 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1948 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1949 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1951 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1953 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1954 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1956 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-display) "browse-url")
1958 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1959 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1961 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1963 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1964 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1965 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1966 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1967 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1969 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-new-window-flag) "browse-url")
1971 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1972 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1973 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1975 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-save-file) "browse-url")
1977 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1978 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1980 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-generic-program) "browse-url")
1982 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1983 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1984 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1985 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1986 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1987 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1989 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1991 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1992 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1993 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1994 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1995 narrowed.
1997 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1999 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2000 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2002 \(fn)" t nil)
2004 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2005 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2007 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2009 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2010 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2011 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2012 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2014 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2016 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2017 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2018 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2019 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2023 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2024 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2025 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2026 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2027 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2028 to use.
2030 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2032 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2033 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2034 Default to the URL around or before point.
2036 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2037 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2038 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2039 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2041 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2042 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2044 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
2045 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
2047 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2049 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2050 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2051 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2052 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2054 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2055 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2056 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2057 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2059 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2060 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2062 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2064 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2065 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2066 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2067 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2069 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2070 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2071 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2072 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2074 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2075 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2076 new tab in an existing window instead.
2078 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2079 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2081 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2084 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2085 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2086 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2088 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2089 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2090 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2091 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2093 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2094 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2095 new tab in an existing window instead.
2097 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2098 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2100 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2102 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2103 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2104 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2105 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2107 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2108 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2109 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2110 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2112 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2113 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2120 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2121 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2122 program is invoked according to the variable
2123 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2125 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2126 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2127 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2128 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2130 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2131 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2133 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2135 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
2136 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
2137 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2141 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2142 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2144 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2146 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2147 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2148 Default to the URL around or before point.
2150 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2151 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2152 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2154 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2155 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2156 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2157 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2159 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2160 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2162 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2164 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2165 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2166 Default to the URL around or before point.
2168 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2170 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2171 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2172 Default to the URL around or before point.
2174 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2175 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2176 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2184 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2185 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2186 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2188 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2190 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2191 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2192 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2193 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2194 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2200 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2201 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2203 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2204 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2205 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2206 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2208 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2209 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2211 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2213 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2215 Default to the URL around or before point.
2217 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2220 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2221 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2222 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2223 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2224 current one.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2228 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2229 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2232 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2234 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2238 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2239 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2240 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2241 don't offer a form of remote control.
2243 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2247 Default to the URL around or before point.
2249 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2251 ;;;***
2253 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15828
2254 ;;;;;; 33860))
2255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2257 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2258 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2260 \(fn)" t nil)
2262 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2263 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2265 \(fn)" nil nil)
2267 ;;;***
2269 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2270 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2271 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2273 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2274 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2275 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2276 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2278 \(fn)" t nil)
2280 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2281 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2282 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2283 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2285 \(fn)" t nil)
2287 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2288 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2292 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2293 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2294 \\<bs-mode-map>
2295 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2296 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2297 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2298 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2300 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2301 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2302 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2303 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2304 name of buffer configuration.
2306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2308 ;;;***
2310 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2311 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15887
2312 ;;;;;; 35338))
2313 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2315 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2316 Keymap used by buttons.")
2318 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2319 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2320 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2322 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2323 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2324 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2325 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2326 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2327 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2329 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2330 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2331 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2332 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2334 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2336 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2337 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2338 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2339 specifying properties to add to the button.
2340 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2341 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2342 `define-button-type'.
2344 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2346 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2348 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2349 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2350 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2351 specifying properties to add to the button.
2352 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2353 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2354 `define-button-type'.
2356 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2358 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2360 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2361 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2362 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2363 specifying properties to add to the button.
2364 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2365 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2366 `define-button-type'.
2368 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2369 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2370 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2371 `make-text-button'.
2373 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2375 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2377 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2378 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2379 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2380 specifying properties to add to the button.
2381 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2382 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2383 `define-button-type'.
2385 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2386 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2387 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2388 `insert-text-button'.
2390 Also see `make-text-button'.
2392 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2394 ;;;***
2396 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2397 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2398 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2399 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2400 ;;;;;; (15922 59672))
2401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2403 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2404 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2405 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2407 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2410 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2411 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2412 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2414 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2415 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2416 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2417 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2418 whether to compile it.
2420 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2422 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2423 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2425 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2427 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2428 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2429 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2430 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2431 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2433 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2436 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2437 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2438 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2442 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2443 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2444 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2446 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2448 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2449 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2450 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2451 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2452 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2453 all functions called by those functions.
2455 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2456 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2457 cons, etc.).
2459 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2460 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2461 invoked interactively.
2463 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2465 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2466 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2467 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2468 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2470 \(fn)" nil nil)
2472 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2473 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2474 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2475 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2476 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2477 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2478 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2479 already up-to-date.
2481 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2483 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2484 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2485 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2486 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2488 \(fn)" nil nil)
2490 ;;;***
2492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15935 46813))
2493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2495 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2497 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2499 ;;;***
2501 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2502 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
2503 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2505 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2506 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2507 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2508 from the cursor position.
2510 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2512 ;;;***
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2515 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2516 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15935
2517 ;;;;;; 46670))
2518 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2520 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2521 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2523 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2524 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2526 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2527 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2528 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2529 If nil, use original installation directory.
2530 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2532 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2533 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2535 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2536 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2538 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2539 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2540 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2542 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2543 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2547 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2548 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2550 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2552 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2553 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2555 \(fn)" t nil)
2557 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2558 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2560 \(fn)" t nil)
2562 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2563 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2564 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2565 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2567 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2569 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2570 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2571 This is most useful in the X window system.
2572 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2573 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2575 \(fn)" t nil)
2577 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2578 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2579 See calc-keypad for details.
2581 \(fn)" t nil)
2583 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2584 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2586 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2588 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2589 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2591 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2593 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2594 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2596 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2598 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2599 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2600 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2602 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2604 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2605 Not documented
2607 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2609 ;;;***
2611 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2612 ;;;;;; (15935 46669))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2615 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2616 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2618 \(fn)" nil nil)
2620 ;;;***
2622 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15934
2623 ;;;;;; 39203))
2624 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2626 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2627 Run the Emacs calculator.
2628 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2630 \(fn)" t nil)
2632 ;;;***
2634 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2635 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2636 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2637 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2638 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2639 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2640 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2641 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2642 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2643 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2644 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2645 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2646 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2647 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2648 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2649 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2650 ;;;;;; (15916 26953))
2651 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2653 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2654 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2655 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2657 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2659 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2660 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2661 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2662 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2663 the screen.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2667 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2668 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2669 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2670 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2671 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2675 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2676 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2677 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2678 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2679 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2680 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2681 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2683 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2684 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2685 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2686 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2687 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2689 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2690 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2691 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2693 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2695 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2696 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2697 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2699 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2701 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2702 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2703 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2707 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2708 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2709 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2710 displayed.")
2712 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2714 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2715 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2716 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2718 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2720 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2721 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2722 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2724 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2726 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2728 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2729 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2730 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2732 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2733 calendar.")
2735 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2737 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2738 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2739 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2741 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2742 calendar.")
2744 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2746 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2747 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2748 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2750 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2752 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2753 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2754 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2755 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2756 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2758 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2760 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2761 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2762 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2763 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2764 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2765 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2766 a function is also provided for this:
2767 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2769 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2770 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2771 date is not visible in the window.
2773 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2774 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2775 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2777 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2779 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2780 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2782 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2783 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2784 date is visible in the window.
2786 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2787 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2788 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2790 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2792 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2793 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2795 For example,
2797 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2799 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2801 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2803 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2804 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2806 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2808 MONTH/DAY
2809 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2810 MONTHNAME DAY
2811 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2812 DAYNAME
2814 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2815 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2816 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2817 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2818 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2819 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2820 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2821 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2822 respectively.
2824 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2825 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2826 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2828 DAY/MONTH
2829 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2830 DAY MONTHNAME
2831 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2832 DAYNAME
2834 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2835 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2837 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2838 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2839 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2840 window but will appear in a diary window.
2842 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2843 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2845 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2846 entries (in the default American style):
2848 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2849 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2850 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2851 21: Payday
2852 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2853 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2854 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2855 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2856 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2857 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2858 &* 15 time cards due.
2860 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2861 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2862 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2863 single diary entry
2865 02/11/1989
2866 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2867 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2868 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2869 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2870 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2871 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2873 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2874 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2875 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2877 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2879 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2881 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2882 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2883 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2884 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2885 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2886 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2887 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2888 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2889 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2891 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2892 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2893 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2894 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2895 for these functions for details.
2897 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2898 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2900 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2902 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2903 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2905 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2907 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2908 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2910 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2912 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2913 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2915 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2917 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2918 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2919 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2921 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2923 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2924 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2925 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2927 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2929 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2930 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2931 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2932 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2934 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2936 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2937 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2938 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2939 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2941 DAY/MONTH
2942 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2943 DAY MONTHNAME
2944 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2945 DAYNAME
2947 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2948 characters with or without a period.")
2950 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2952 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2953 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2954 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2956 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2958 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2959 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2960 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2962 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2964 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2965 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2966 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2968 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2970 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2971 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2972 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2974 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2983 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2985 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2986 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2987 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2989 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2990 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2991 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2992 of the form
2994 #include \"filename\"
2996 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2997 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2998 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2999 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3000 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3002 For example, you could use
3004 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3005 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3006 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3008 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3009 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3010 lexicographic order.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3014 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3015 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3016 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3018 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3020 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3021 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3022 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3023 diary display.
3025 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3026 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3027 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3028 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3029 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3030 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3031 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3033 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3034 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3035 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3036 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3037 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3038 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3039 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3040 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3042 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3044 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3045 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3046 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3047 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3048 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3049 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3053 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3054 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3056 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3057 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3058 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3059 of the form
3060 #include \"filename\"
3061 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3062 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3063 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3064 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3065 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3067 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3069 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3070 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3071 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3072 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3073 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3074 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3076 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3078 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3079 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3080 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3081 are holidays.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3085 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3086 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3087 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3088 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3089 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3093 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3095 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3096 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3099 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3101 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3103 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3104 *Oriental holidays.
3105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3109 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3111 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3112 *Local holidays.
3113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3117 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3119 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3120 *User defined holidays.
3121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3123 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3125 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3127 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3129 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3131 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3133 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3137 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3139 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3141 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3143 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3144 *Jewish holidays.
3145 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3147 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3149 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3151 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3152 *Christian holidays.
3153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3155 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3157 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3159 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3160 *Islamic holidays.
3161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3163 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3165 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3167 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3168 *Sun-related holidays.
3169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3171 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3173 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3175 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3176 The frame set up of the calendar.
3177 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3178 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3179 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3180 any other value the current frame is used.")
3182 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3183 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3184 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3186 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3187 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3191 ;;;***
3193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15853 60258))
3194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3196 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3197 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3199 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3200 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3202 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3203 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3205 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3206 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3208 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3209 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3211 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3212 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3214 ;;;***
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3217 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3218 ;;;;;; (15925 53681))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3221 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3222 Not documented
3224 \(fn)" nil nil)
3226 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3227 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3228 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3229 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3230 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3231 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3236 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3237 run first.
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c-mode-map}
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3244 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3248 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3249 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 message.
3252 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3254 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3255 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3256 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3258 Key bindings:
3259 \\{c++-mode-map}
3261 \(fn)" t nil)
3263 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3266 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 message.
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3274 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3275 is run first.
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{objc-mode-map}
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing Java code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3285 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3288 message.
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3293 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3294 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3295 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3296 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3298 Key bindings:
3299 \\{java-mode-map}
3301 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3313 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3314 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3315 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3317 Key bindings:
3318 \\{idl-mode-map}
3320 \(fn)" t nil)
3322 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3323 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3324 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3325 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3326 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3327 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3328 message.
3330 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3333 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3334 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{pike-mode-map}
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3341 ;;;***
3343 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3344 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15924 61974))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3347 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3348 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3349 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3350 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3351 for details of setting up styles.
3353 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3354 style name.
3356 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3357 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3358 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3359 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3360 will be reassigned.
3362 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3363 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3364 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3365 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3366 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3367 default).
3369 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3370 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3371 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3372 when used elsewhere.
3374 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3376 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3377 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3378 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3379 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3381 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3383 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3384 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3385 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3387 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3389 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3390 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3391 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3392 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3393 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3395 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3397 ;;;***
3399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15925 53681))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3402 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3403 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3404 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3405 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3406 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3408 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3409 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3411 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3412 `infodock'.")
3414 ;;;***
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3417 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3418 ;;;;;; (15791 52022))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3421 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3422 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3424 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3426 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3427 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3429 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3431 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3432 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3434 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3435 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3436 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3437 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3438 execution.
3440 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3442 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3444 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3445 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3447 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3448 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3450 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3452 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3453 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3454 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3455 `write' commands.
3457 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3458 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3459 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3460 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3462 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3463 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3464 semantics.
3466 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3468 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3470 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3472 STATEMENT :=
3473 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3474 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3476 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3477 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3478 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3479 | integer
3481 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3483 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3484 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3485 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3488 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3489 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3491 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3492 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3494 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3495 BREAK := (break)
3497 REPEAT :=
3498 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3499 (repeat)
3500 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3501 ;; (repeat))
3502 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3503 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3504 ;; (read REG)
3505 ;; (repeat))
3506 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3507 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3508 ;; (read REG)
3509 ;; (repeat))
3510 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3512 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3513 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3514 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3515 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3516 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3517 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3518 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3519 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3520 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3521 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3522 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3523 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3524 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3525 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3526 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3527 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3529 WRITE :=
3530 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3531 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3532 ;; representation.
3533 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3534 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3535 ;; (write r7))
3536 | (write EXPRESSION)
3537 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3538 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3539 ;; representation.
3540 | (write integer)
3541 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3542 ;; buffer.
3543 | (write string)
3544 ;; Same as: (write string)
3545 | string
3546 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3547 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3548 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3549 ;; representation.
3550 | (write REG ARRAY)
3551 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3552 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3553 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3554 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3555 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3556 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3558 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3559 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3561 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3562 END := (end)
3564 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3565 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3566 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3568 ARG := REG | integer
3570 OPERATOR :=
3571 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3572 + | - | * | / | %
3574 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3575 | & | `|' | ^
3577 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3578 | << | >>
3580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3582 | <8
3584 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3585 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3586 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3587 | >8
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3591 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3592 | //
3594 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3595 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3597 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3598 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3599 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3600 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3601 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3602 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3603 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3604 | de-sjis
3606 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3607 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3608 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3609 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3610 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3611 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3612 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3613 ;; byte of SJIS.
3614 | en-sjis
3616 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3617 ;; Same meaning as C code
3618 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3620 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3622 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3623 | <8=
3625 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3627 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3629 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3630 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3631 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3632 | //=
3634 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3637 TRANSLATE :=
3638 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3639 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3640 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3641 LOOKUP :=
3642 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3643 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3644 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3645 MAP :=
3646 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3647 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3648 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3649 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3650 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3651 MAP-ID := integer
3653 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3655 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3664 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3675 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3676 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3677 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3678 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3679 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3680 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3681 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3682 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3685 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3686 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3687 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3688 the users will view as each check is completed.
3690 \(fn)" t nil)
3692 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3693 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3694 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3695 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3696 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3697 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3698 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3699 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3701 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3703 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3704 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3705 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3706 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3707 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3708 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3709 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3710 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3712 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3714 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3715 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3716 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3717 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3718 spacing are all verified.
3720 \(fn)" t nil)
3722 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3723 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3724 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3725 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3726 otherwise stop after the first error.
3728 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3730 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3731 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3732 Only documentation strings are checked.
3733 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3734 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3735 a separate buffer.
3737 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3739 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3740 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3741 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3742 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3743 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3745 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3747 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3748 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3749 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3750 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3751 if there is one.
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3757 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3758 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3759 if there is one.
3760 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3762 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3764 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3765 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3766 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3768 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3770 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3771 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3772 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3773 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3774 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3776 \(fn)" t nil)
3778 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3779 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3780 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3781 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3782 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3783 space at the end of each line.
3785 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3787 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3788 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3789 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3790 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3792 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3794 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3795 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3796 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3797 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3801 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3802 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3803 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3804 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3809 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3810 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3813 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3815 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3816 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3817 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3822 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3824 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3830 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3831 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3832 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3834 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3836 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3837 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3838 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3839 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3841 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3844 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3845 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3851 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3852 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3854 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3855 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3856 checking of documentation strings.
3858 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3862 ;;;***
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3865 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3866 ;;;;;; 33361))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3869 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3870 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3871 Return the length of resulting text.
3873 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3875 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3876 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3878 \(fn)" t nil)
3880 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3881 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3882 Return the length of resulting text.
3884 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3886 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3887 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3889 \(fn)" t nil)
3891 ;;;***
3893 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3894 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15876 52395))
3895 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3897 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3898 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3899 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3900 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3901 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3902 editing and the result is evaluated.
3904 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3906 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3907 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3908 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3909 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3910 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3912 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3914 \(fn)" t nil)
3916 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3917 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3918 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3919 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3920 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3922 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3923 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3924 \\{command-history-map}
3926 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3927 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3929 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 ;;;***
3933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 24364))
3934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3936 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3937 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3938 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3939 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3940 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3941 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3943 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3944 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3946 ;;;***
3948 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3949 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
3950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3952 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3953 Not documented
3955 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3957 ;;;***
3959 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3960 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3963 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3964 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3965 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3966 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3968 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3969 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3970 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3972 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3973 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3975 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3977 ;;;***
3979 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15935
3980 ;;;;;; 40408))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3983 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3984 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3985 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3986 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3987 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3988 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3991 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3992 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3994 ;;;***
3996 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3997 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4000 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4001 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4002 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4003 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4004 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4005 ?* is used.
4007 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4009 ;;;***
4011 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4012 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4013 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15935 48018))
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4016 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4017 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4018 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4019 ASCII table.
4021 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4022 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4023 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4024 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4026 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4028 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4029 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4030 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4032 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4034 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4035 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4036 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4038 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4040 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4041 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4042 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4044 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4046 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4047 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4049 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4050 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4051 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4053 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4054 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4056 \(fn)" nil nil)
4058 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4059 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4061 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4062 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4063 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4065 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4067 ;;;***
4069 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4070 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4071 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4072 ;;;;;; (15930 37559))
4073 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4075 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4076 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4077 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4078 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4079 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4080 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4081 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4082 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4084 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4086 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4088 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4089 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4090 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4091 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4092 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4093 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4094 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4095 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4097 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4099 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4101 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4102 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4103 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4104 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4105 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4106 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4108 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4111 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4112 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4114 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4116 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4119 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4120 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4122 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4124 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4126 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4127 Send COMMAND to current process.
4128 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4129 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4131 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4133 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4134 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4135 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4136 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4138 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4140 ;;;***
4142 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
4143 ;;;;;; 8345))
4144 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4146 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4147 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4148 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4149 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4151 This command pushes the mark in each window
4152 at the prior location of point in that window.
4153 If both windows display the same buffer,
4154 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4155 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4157 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4158 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4159 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4161 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4163 ;;;***
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4166 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4167 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4168 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15906 29351))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4171 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4172 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4174 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4176 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4177 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4179 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4181 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4182 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4183 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4184 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4185 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4187 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4188 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4189 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4190 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4191 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4193 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4194 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4195 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4196 describing how the process finished.")
4198 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4199 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4200 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4201 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4203 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4204 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4205 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4207 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4209 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4210 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4211 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4212 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4214 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4216 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4217 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4218 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4219 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4221 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4222 and move to the source code that caused it.
4224 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4225 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4227 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4228 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
4229 Then start the next one.
4231 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4232 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4233 to a function that generates a unique name.
4235 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4237 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4238 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4239 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4240 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4241 where grep found matches.
4243 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4244 easily repeat a grep command.
4246 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4247 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4248 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4249 if that history list is empty).
4251 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4254 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4255 Collect output in a buffer.
4256 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4257 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4259 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4260 easily repeat a find command.
4262 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4265 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4266 Collect output in a buffer.
4267 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4268 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4269 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4270 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4271 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4273 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4274 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4276 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4277 easily repeat a find command.
4279 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4280 those sub directories of DIR.
4282 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4284 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4285 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4286 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4287 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4288 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4290 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4292 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4294 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4295 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4296 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4297 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4298 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4299 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4300 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4304 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4305 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4306 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4307 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4308 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4309 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4313 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4314 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4316 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4317 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4319 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4320 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4321 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4322 and start at the first error.
4324 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4325 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4326 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4327 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4328 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4329 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4331 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4332 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4333 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4335 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4336 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4338 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4339 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4341 ;;;***
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4344 ;;;;;; (15851 7849))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4347 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4348 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4349 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4351 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4353 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4355 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4356 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4357 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4359 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4360 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4361 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4362 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4364 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4365 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4366 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4367 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4369 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4370 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4371 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4372 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4376 ;;;***
4378 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4379 ;;;;;; (15935 40594))
4380 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4382 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4383 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4385 \(fn)" t nil)
4387 ;;;***
4389 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4390 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4391 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4392 ;;;;;; (15935 40578))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4395 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4396 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4397 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4398 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4399 `make-composition'.
4401 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4403 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4404 | | 1:tc or top-center
4405 | | 2:tr or top-right
4406 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4407 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4408 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4409 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4410 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4411 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4413 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4414 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4415 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4416 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4417 be added.
4419 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4420 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4421 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4423 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4424 | | |
4425 | global| |
4426 | glyph | |
4427 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4428 +----+--*--+
4429 | | new |
4430 | |glyph|
4431 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4434 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4435 Compose characters in the current region.
4437 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4438 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4440 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4442 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4443 specifying the region.
4445 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4446 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4447 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4449 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4450 of the text in the region.
4452 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4454 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4455 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4456 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4457 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4459 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4460 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4461 detail.
4463 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4464 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4465 text in the composition.
4467 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4469 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4470 Decompose text in the current region.
4472 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4473 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4477 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4478 Compose characters in string STRING.
4480 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4481 the characters in it.
4483 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4484 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4485 STRING respectively.
4487 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4488 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4489 `compose-region' for more detail.
4491 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4492 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4493 text in the composition.
4495 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4497 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4498 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4500 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4502 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4503 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4504 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4505 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4506 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4507 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4508 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4509 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4511 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4513 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4514 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4516 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4517 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4519 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4520 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4522 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4523 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4525 If no composition is found, return nil.
4527 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4528 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4530 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4531 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4532 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4534 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4536 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4538 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4539 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4540 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4542 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4544 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4546 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4548 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4549 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4551 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4552 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4553 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4554 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4555 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4556 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4557 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4558 nil.
4560 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4562 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4563 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4565 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4567 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4568 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4570 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4572 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4574 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4575 Compose last characters.
4576 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4577 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4578 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4579 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4580 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4581 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4582 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4583 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4584 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4585 after a sequence character events.
4587 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4588 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4590 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4591 Convert CHAR to string.
4593 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4594 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4595 vector of CHAR respectively.
4596 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4598 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4600 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4602 ;;;***
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4605 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4608 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4609 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4610 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4611 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4613 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4615 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4616 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4617 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4618 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4620 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4622 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4623 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4624 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4625 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4627 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4629 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4630 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4632 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4634 ;;;***
4636 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4637 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
4638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4640 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4641 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4642 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4643 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4644 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4645 following the copyright are updated as well.
4647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4649 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4650 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
4652 ;;;***
4654 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4655 ;;;;;; (15935 48914))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4658 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4659 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4660 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4661 Tab indents for Perl code.
4662 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4663 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4665 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4666 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4667 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4668 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4669 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4670 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4671 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4672 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4673 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4674 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4675 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4676 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4678 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4680 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4681 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4683 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4685 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4686 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4687 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4688 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4689 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4690 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4691 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4692 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4693 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4695 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4697 bite if angry;
4699 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4700 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4701 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4702 to nil.)
4704 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4705 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4706 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4708 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4710 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4711 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4712 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4713 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4714 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4716 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4718 if (A) { B }
4720 into
4722 B if A;
4724 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4726 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4727 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4728 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4729 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4730 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4731 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4732 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4733 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4734 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4735 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4736 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4737 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4738 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4740 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4741 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4742 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4743 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4744 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4745 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4747 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4748 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4749 man via menu.
4751 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4752 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4753 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4754 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4755 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4757 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4758 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4759 span the needed amount of lines.
4761 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4762 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4763 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4764 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4766 Variables controlling indentation style:
4767 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4768 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4769 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4770 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4771 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4772 `cperl-auto-newline'
4773 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4774 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4775 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4776 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4777 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4778 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4779 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4780 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4781 `cperl-indent-level'
4782 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4783 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4784 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4785 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4786 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4787 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4788 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4789 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4790 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4791 `cperl-brace-offset'
4792 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4793 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4794 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4795 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4796 `cperl-label-offset'
4797 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4798 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4799 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4801 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4802 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4803 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4804 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4805 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4807 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4808 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4809 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4810 \(both available from menu).
4812 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4813 column 0 is indented on
4814 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4816 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4817 with no args.
4819 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4820 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4821 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4823 \(fn)" t nil)
4825 ;;;***
4827 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4828 ;;;;;; (15935 48914))
4829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4831 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4832 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4833 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4834 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4835 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4839 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4840 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4842 \(fn)" t nil)
4844 ;;;***
4846 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4847 ;;;;;; (15935 47202))
4848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4850 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4851 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4852 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4853 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4856 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4858 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4860 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4861 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4862 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4866 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4868 ;;;***
4870 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4871 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
4872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4874 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4875 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4876 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4877 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4879 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4880 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4881 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4882 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4884 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4885 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4886 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4888 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4889 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4890 'bob', and 'eve'.
4892 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4893 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4894 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4896 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4898 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4899 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4900 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4902 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4904 ;;;***
4906 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4907 ;;;;;; (15935 47202))
4908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4910 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4911 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4912 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4913 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4914 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4915 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4916 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4917 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4920 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4922 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4924 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4925 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4926 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4927 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4928 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4929 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4933 ;;;***
4935 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4936 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4937 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4938 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4939 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4940 ;;;;;; customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window customize-option
4941 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize-mode
4942 ;;;;;; customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4943 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15931 5982))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4945 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4947 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4948 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4950 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4951 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4954 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4956 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4960 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4961 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4962 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4964 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4965 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4967 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4968 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4970 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4971 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4973 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4974 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4976 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4978 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4980 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4981 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4982 Return VALUE.
4984 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4985 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4987 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4988 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4990 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4991 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4993 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4994 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4996 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4998 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5001 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5002 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5003 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5004 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5006 \(fn)" t nil)
5008 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5009 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5010 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5011 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5013 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5015 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5016 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5018 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5020 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5021 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5023 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5025 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5027 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5028 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5030 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5032 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5034 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5035 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5036 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5038 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5040 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5042 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5043 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5044 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5046 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5047 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5048 version.
5050 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5052 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5053 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5054 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5056 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5057 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5059 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5061 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5062 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5064 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5065 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5067 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5069 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5070 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5074 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5075 Customize all already saved user options.
5077 \(fn)" t nil)
5079 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5080 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5081 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5082 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5083 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5084 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5085 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5087 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5089 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5090 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5091 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5093 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5095 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5096 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5098 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5100 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5101 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5103 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5105 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5106 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5107 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5108 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5109 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5110 that option.
5112 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5114 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5115 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5116 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5117 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5118 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5119 that option.
5121 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5123 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5124 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5126 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5128 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5129 File used for storing customization information.
5130 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5131 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5132 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5134 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5135 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5136 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5137 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5139 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5141 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5142 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5146 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5147 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5149 \(fn)" nil nil)
5151 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5152 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5153 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5155 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5157 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5158 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5159 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5160 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5161 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5163 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5165 ;;;***
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5168 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5169 ;;;;;; (15935 40544))
5170 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5172 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5173 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5175 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5177 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5178 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5179 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5180 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5182 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5184 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5185 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5186 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5187 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5188 between themes and faces.
5189 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5191 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5192 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5194 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5196 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5197 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5198 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5199 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5200 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5202 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5204 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5205 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5206 Associate this setting with THEME.
5208 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5210 (FACE TO-THEME)
5212 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5214 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5216 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5217 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5218 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5220 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5222 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5224 ;;;***
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5227 ;;;;;; (15935 40479))
5228 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5230 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5231 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5233 ;;;***
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5236 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5239 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5240 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5242 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5243 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5244 C++ modes are included.
5246 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5250 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5251 Turn on CWarn mode.
5253 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5254 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5256 \(fn)" nil nil)
5258 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5259 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5260 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5262 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5264 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5266 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5267 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5268 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5269 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5270 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5274 ;;;***
5276 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5277 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5278 ;;;;;; (15935 48150))
5279 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5281 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5282 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5284 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5286 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5287 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5289 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5291 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5292 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5293 For readability, the table is slightly
5294 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5296 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5297 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5298 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5299 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5300 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5302 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5304 ;;;***
5306 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5307 ;;;;;; (15935 40833))
5308 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5310 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5312 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5314 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5315 Completion on current word.
5316 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5317 and presents suggestions for completion.
5319 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5320 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5321 completions.
5323 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5324 then it searches *all* buffers.
5326 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5327 if there is a suitable one already.
5329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5331 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5332 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5334 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5335 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5336 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5337 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5338 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5340 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5341 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5343 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5344 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5345 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5347 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5348 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5350 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5352 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5354 ;;;***
5356 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15935
5357 ;;;;;; 48914))
5358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5360 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5361 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5363 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5364 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5365 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5367 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5368 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5369 Data lines are not indented.
5371 Key bindings:
5373 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5374 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5376 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5377 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5378 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5379 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5381 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5383 dcl-basic-offset
5384 Extra indentation within blocks.
5386 dcl-continuation-offset
5387 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5389 dcl-margin-offset
5390 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5392 dcl-margin-label-offset
5393 Indentation for a label.
5395 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5396 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5398 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5399 dcl-block-end-regexp
5400 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5401 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5402 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5403 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5404 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5406 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5407 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5408 Two such functions are included in the package:
5409 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5410 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5412 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5413 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5414 One such function is included in the package:
5415 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5417 dcl-tab-always-indent
5418 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5419 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5420 margin.
5422 dcl-electric-characters
5423 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5424 typed.
5426 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5427 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5428 which words trigger electric indentation.
5430 dcl-tempo-comma
5431 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5432 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5433 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5435 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5436 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5437 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5438 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5440 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5441 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5442 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5443 dcl-imenu-label-call
5444 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5446 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5447 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5448 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5449 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5452 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5454 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5455 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5456 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5457 $ i = 1
5458 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5459 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5460 $ label:
5461 $ if i.eq.1
5462 $ then
5463 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5464 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5465 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5466 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5467 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5468 \"lined up with the command line\"
5469 $ type sys$input
5470 Data lines are not indented at all.
5471 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5472 $ endif
5475 \(fn)" t nil)
5477 ;;;***
5479 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15935 47054))
5481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5483 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5485 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5486 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5487 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5488 of the evaluator.
5490 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5491 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5492 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5494 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5496 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5497 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5498 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5499 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5500 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5501 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5502 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5504 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5506 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5507 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5508 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5510 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5512 ;;;***
5514 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5515 ;;;;;; (15905 54474))
5516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5518 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5519 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5521 \(fn)" t nil)
5523 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5524 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5525 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5526 Upper-case letters are commands.
5528 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5529 modify it.
5531 The most useful commands are:
5532 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5533 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5534 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5535 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5536 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5537 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5539 \(fn)" t nil)
5541 ;;;***
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5544 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5545 ;;;;;; 63268))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5548 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5549 Customization of `columns' group.
5551 \(fn)" t nil)
5553 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5554 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5556 START and END delimits the text region.
5558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5560 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5561 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5563 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5567 ;;;***
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15935
5570 ;;;;;; 48914))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5573 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5574 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5575 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5576 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5577 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5578 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5580 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5582 Customization:
5584 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5585 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5586 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5587 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5588 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5589 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5590 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5591 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5592 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5593 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5594 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5595 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5596 blank line.
5597 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5598 Directories to search when finding external units.
5599 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5600 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5602 Coloring:
5604 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5605 Face used to color delphi comments.
5606 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5607 Face used to color delphi strings.
5608 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5609 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5610 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5611 Face used to color everything else.
5613 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5614 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5616 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
5621 ;;;;;; 42199))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5624 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5626 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5627 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5628 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5630 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5632 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5634 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5635 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5636 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5637 positive.
5639 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5640 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5641 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5642 any selection.
5644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5649 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15746 4145))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
5652 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5653 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5655 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5657 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5658 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5659 or nil if there is no parent.
5660 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5661 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5662 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5663 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5664 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5666 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5667 arguments are currently understood:
5668 :group GROUP
5669 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5670 :syntax-table TABLE
5671 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5672 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5673 :abbrev-table TABLE
5674 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5675 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5677 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5679 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5681 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5682 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5683 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5685 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5686 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5688 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5689 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5690 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5692 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5693 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5695 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5697 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5698 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5699 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5700 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5701 the first time the mode is used.
5703 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5705 ;;;***
5707 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5708 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15935 40805))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5711 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5712 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5713 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5714 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5715 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5716 otherwise.
5718 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5720 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5721 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5722 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5723 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5724 character composition information (if relevant),
5725 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5727 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5729 ;;;***
5731 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5732 ;;;;;; (15814 11695))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5735 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5736 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5737 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5739 \(fn)" t nil)
5741 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5742 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5743 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5744 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5746 \(fn)" nil nil)
5748 ;;;***
5750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15935
5751 ;;;;;; 48150))
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5754 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5756 ;;;***
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5759 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (15935 46813))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5762 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5763 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5764 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5765 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5766 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5771 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5772 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5774 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5775 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5776 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5777 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5779 #!/bin/sh
5780 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5781 emacs -batch \\
5782 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5783 european-calendar-style t \\
5784 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5785 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5786 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5788 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5789 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5790 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5791 to run it every morning at 1am.
5793 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5796 Major mode for editing the diary file." t nil)
5798 ;;;***
5800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5810 *The command to use to run diff.")
5812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5818 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5819 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5829 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5831 ;;;***
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5834 ;;;;;; (15935 40739))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5837 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5838 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5839 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5840 normal diffs.
5841 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5842 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5843 headers for you on-the-fly.
5845 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5846 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5847 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]." t nil)
5849 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5850 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5851 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5855 ;;;***
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5858 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5859 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5860 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5861 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15935 39015))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5864 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5865 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5866 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5867 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5868 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5869 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5870 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5871 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5873 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5875 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5876 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5878 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5879 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5880 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5881 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5882 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5884 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5885 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5887 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5888 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5889 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5890 always set this variable to t.")
5892 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5894 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5895 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5896 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5897 A value of t means move to first file.")
5899 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5901 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5902 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5903 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5904 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5905 are afterward marked with that character.")
5907 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5909 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5910 *Controls marking of copied files.
5911 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5912 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5914 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5916 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5917 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5918 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5919 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5921 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5923 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5924 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5925 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5926 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5928 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5930 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5931 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5932 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5933 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5935 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5937 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5939 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5940 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5941 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5944 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5946 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5947 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5948 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5949 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5950 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5951 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5952 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5953 list of files to make directory entries for.
5954 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5955 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5956 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5957 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5959 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5961 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5962 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5964 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5965 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5967 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5968 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5970 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5971 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5975 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5976 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5978 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5979 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5981 ;;;***
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5984 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5985 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5986 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5987 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5988 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5989 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5990 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5991 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5992 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5993 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5994 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5995 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15930 37584))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5998 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5999 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6000 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6001 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6002 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6003 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6004 which is options for `diff'.
6006 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6008 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6009 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6010 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6011 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6012 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6013 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6015 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6017 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6018 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6019 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6023 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6024 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6028 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6029 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6033 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6034 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6035 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6036 `lpr-switches' as default.
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6040 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6041 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6042 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6043 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6044 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6046 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6047 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6049 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6050 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6051 file name substituted for `?'.
6053 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6054 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6056 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6057 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6058 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6059 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6061 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6063 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6064 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6065 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6067 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6068 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6069 in a subdir.
6071 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6072 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6074 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6076 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6077 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6078 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6079 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6080 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6081 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6083 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6085 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6086 Not documented
6088 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6090 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6091 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6095 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6096 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6100 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6101 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6105 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6106 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6107 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6108 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6110 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6112 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6113 Not documented
6115 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6117 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6118 Not documented
6120 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6122 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6123 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6125 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6127 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6128 Not documented
6130 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6132 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6133 Not documented
6135 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6137 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6138 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6140 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6142 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6143 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6144 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6145 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6146 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6147 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6148 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6149 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6150 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6154 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6155 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6156 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6157 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6158 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6159 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6160 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6161 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6165 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6166 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6167 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6168 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6169 and new hard links are made in that directory
6170 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6171 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6172 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6176 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6178 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6179 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6180 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6181 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6182 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6186 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6187 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6189 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6190 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6191 file if none are marked.
6193 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6194 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6195 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6196 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6198 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6199 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6201 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6205 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6207 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6209 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6210 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6211 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6213 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6215 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6216 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6217 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6219 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6221 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6222 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6226 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6227 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6231 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6232 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6233 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6234 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6235 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6236 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6237 this subdirectory.
6238 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6240 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6242 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6243 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6244 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6245 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6246 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6247 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6248 this subdirectory.
6249 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6251 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6253 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6254 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6255 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6257 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6260 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6261 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6262 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6264 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6266 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6267 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6268 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6269 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6271 \(fn)" t nil)
6273 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6274 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6275 Lower levels are unaffected.
6277 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6280 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6282 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6284 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6285 Go down in the dired tree.
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6289 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6290 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6291 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6292 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6296 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6297 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6298 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6299 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6303 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6304 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6305 Stops when a match is found.
6306 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6308 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6310 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6311 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6312 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6313 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6314 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6316 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6318 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6319 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6320 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6321 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6323 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6325 ;;;***
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15935 40720))
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6330 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6331 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6332 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6333 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6334 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6335 buffer and try again.
6337 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6339 ;;;***
6341 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15930 37635))
6342 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6344 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6345 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6346 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6348 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6350 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6351 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6353 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6354 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6356 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6358 ;;;***
6360 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15935
6361 ;;;;;; 47054))
6362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6364 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6365 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6366 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6367 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6368 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6369 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6371 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6373 ;;;***
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6376 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6377 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6378 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6379 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15935 40699))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6382 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6383 Return a new, empty display table.
6385 \(fn)" nil nil)
6387 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6388 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6389 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6390 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6391 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6393 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6395 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6396 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6397 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6398 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6399 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6401 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6403 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6404 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6406 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6408 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6409 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6411 \(fn)" t nil)
6413 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6414 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6416 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6418 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6419 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6421 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6423 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6424 Display character C using printable string S.
6426 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6428 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6429 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6430 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6431 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6433 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6435 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6436 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6437 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6438 X frame.
6440 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6442 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6443 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6445 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6447 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6448 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6452 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6453 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6455 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6456 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6457 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6458 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6460 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6461 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6462 European character display.
6464 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6465 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6466 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6467 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6469 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6470 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6471 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6472 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6473 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6475 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6477 ;;;***
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6480 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6483 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6484 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6485 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6486 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6487 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6488 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6489 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6490 Default is 2.
6492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6494 ;;;***
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15935 48681))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6499 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6500 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6502 \(fn)" t nil)
6504 ;;;***
6506 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6507 ;;;;;; (15935 40668))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6510 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6511 Toggle Double mode.
6512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6513 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6515 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6517 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6518 Toggle Double mode.
6519 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6521 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6522 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6526 ;;;***
6528 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15935 48681))
6529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6531 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6532 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6534 \(fn)" t nil)
6536 ;;;***
6538 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6539 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6542 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6543 Play sounds in message buffers.
6545 \(fn)" t nil)
6547 ;;;***
6549 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6550 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6551 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15935 47054))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6554 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6556 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6557 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6558 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6559 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6561 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6562 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6563 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6564 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6565 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6566 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6567 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6568 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6569 used (see below).
6571 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6572 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6573 Before the actual body code, you can write
6574 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6575 These following keyword arguments are supported:
6576 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6577 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6578 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6579 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6580 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6581 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6582 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6584 For example, you could write
6585 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6586 nil \"Foo \" foo-keymap
6587 :require 'foo :global t :group 'inconvenience
6588 ...BODY CODE...)
6590 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6592 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6593 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6594 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6595 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6596 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6597 :group to specify the custom group.
6599 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6601 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6602 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6603 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6604 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6605 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6606 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6607 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6609 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6611 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6612 Not documented
6614 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6616 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6617 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6618 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6620 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6622 ;;;***
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6625 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15879
6626 ;;;;;; 20200))
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6629 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6631 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6632 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6634 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6635 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6636 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6638 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6639 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6641 :filter FUNCTION
6643 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6644 menu displayed.
6646 :visible INCLUDE
6648 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6649 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6651 :active ENABLE
6653 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6654 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6656 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6658 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6660 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6662 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6663 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6665 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6668 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6670 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6672 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6674 :keys KEYS
6676 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6677 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6678 computed automatically.
6679 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6681 :key-sequence KEYS
6683 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6684 menu item.
6685 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6686 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6687 keyboard equivalent.
6689 :active ENABLE
6691 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6692 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6694 :included INCLUDE
6696 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6697 expression has a non-nil value.
6699 :suffix FORM
6701 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6702 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6704 :style STYLE
6706 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6707 defined:
6709 toggle: A checkbox.
6710 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6711 radio: A radio button.
6712 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6713 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6714 menu bar itself.
6715 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6717 :selected SELECTED
6719 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6720 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6722 :help HELP
6724 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6726 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6727 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6728 as a solid horizontal line.
6730 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6732 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6734 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6735 Not documented
6737 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6740 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6741 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6742 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6744 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6746 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6747 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6748 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6749 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6750 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6751 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6753 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6754 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6755 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6757 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6758 to implement dynamic menus.
6760 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6762 ;;;***
6764 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6765 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6766 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6767 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
6769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6771 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6772 Customization for ebnf group.
6774 \(fn)" t nil)
6776 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6777 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6779 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6780 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6781 it to the printer.
6783 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6784 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6785 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6786 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6788 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6790 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6791 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
6792 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6794 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6796 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6797 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6798 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6799 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6801 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6803 \(fn)" t nil)
6805 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6806 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6807 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6809 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6811 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6813 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6816 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6817 The EPS file name has the following form:
6819 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6821 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6822 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6824 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6825 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6826 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6827 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6829 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6831 \(fn)" t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6836 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6837 The EPS file name has the following form:
6839 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6841 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6842 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6844 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6845 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6846 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6847 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6849 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6851 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6853 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6855 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer.
6858 \(fn)" t nil)
6860 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6861 Does a syntatic analysis of a region.
6863 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6866 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6868 \(fn)" nil nil)
6870 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6871 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6873 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6875 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6878 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6880 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6881 Set STYLE to current style.
6883 It returns the old style symbol.
6885 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6887 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6888 Reset current style.
6890 It returns the old style symbol.
6892 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6894 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6895 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6897 It returns the old style symbol.
6899 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6901 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6902 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6904 It returns the old style symbol.
6906 \(fn)" t nil)
6908 ;;;***
6910 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6911 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6912 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6913 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6914 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15924 62059))
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6918 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6919 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6920 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6921 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6922 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6923 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6925 Tree mode key bindings:
6926 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6928 \(fn)" t nil)
6930 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6931 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6933 \(fn)" t nil)
6935 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6936 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6937 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6938 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6939 completion.
6941 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6943 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6944 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6945 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6946 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6948 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6950 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6951 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6952 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6954 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6957 Search for call sites of a member.
6958 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6959 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6960 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6961 looks like a function call to the member.
6963 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6965 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6966 Move backward in the position stack.
6967 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6972 Move forward in the position stack.
6973 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6975 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6978 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6980 \(fn)" t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6983 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6985 \(fn)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6988 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6989 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6990 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6992 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6994 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6995 Display statistics for a class tree.
6997 \(fn)" t nil)
6999 ;;;***
7001 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7002 ;;;;;; (15935 40984))
7003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7005 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7006 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7007 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7008 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7010 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7011 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7012 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7014 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7015 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7016 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7018 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7020 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7024 ;;;***
7026 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7027 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15935 40999))
7028 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7030 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7031 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7032 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7034 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7036 ;;;***
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7039 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15935 47054))
7040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7042 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7043 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7044 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7045 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7046 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7048 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7049 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7050 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7051 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7053 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7055 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7056 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7057 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7058 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7060 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7062 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7063 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7064 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7065 \(naming a function), or a list.
7067 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7069 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7071 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7072 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7073 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7074 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7075 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7077 If you do this on a function definition
7078 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7079 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7080 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7081 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7083 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7084 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7085 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7086 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7087 already is one.)
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7091 ;;;***
7093 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7094 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7095 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7096 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7097 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7098 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7099 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7100 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7101 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7102 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15935 41131))
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7105 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7106 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7108 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7110 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7111 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7113 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7115 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7117 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7119 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7120 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7121 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7122 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7127 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7129 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7131 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7133 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7134 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7136 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7138 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7140 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7141 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7142 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7143 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7145 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7147 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7151 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7152 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7154 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7156 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7158 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7159 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7160 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7161 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7163 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7165 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7167 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7168 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7169 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7170 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7172 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7174 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7176 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7177 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7178 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7179 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7180 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7181 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7183 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7185 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7186 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7187 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7188 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7190 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7192 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7194 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7195 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7196 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7197 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7199 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7201 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7203 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7205 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7206 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7207 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7208 follows:
7209 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7210 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7212 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7214 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7215 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7216 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7217 follows:
7218 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7219 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7221 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7223 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7224 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7225 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7226 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7227 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7228 region.
7229 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7230 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7232 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7234 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7235 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7236 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7237 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7238 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7239 region.
7240 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7241 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7242 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7244 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7246 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7248 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7249 Merge two files without ancestor.
7251 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7253 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7254 Merge two files with ancestor.
7256 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7258 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7260 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7261 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7263 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7265 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7266 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7268 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7270 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7271 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7272 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7273 buffer.
7275 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7277 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7278 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7279 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7280 buffer.
7282 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7284 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7285 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7286 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7287 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7289 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7291 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7292 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7293 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7294 and don't ask the user.
7295 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7296 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7298 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7301 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7302 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7303 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7304 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7305 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7307 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7309 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7311 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7313 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7314 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7315 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7316 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7317 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7319 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7321 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7323 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7324 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7325 When called interactively, displays the version.
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7330 Display Ediff's manual.
7331 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7333 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7335 ;;;***
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7338 ;;;;;; (15935 41013))
7339 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7341 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7342 Not documented
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7346 ;;;***
7348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15935 41026))
7349 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7351 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7352 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7354 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7356 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7358 ;;;***
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7361 ;;;;;; (15832 6056))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7364 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7365 Display Ediff's registry.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7371 ;;;***
7373 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7374 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15935 41087))
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7377 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7378 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7379 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7380 which see.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7385 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7386 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7387 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7389 \(fn)" t nil)
7391 ;;;***
7393 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7394 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7395 ;;;;;; (15935 41162))
7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7398 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7399 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7400 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7402 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7403 Edit a keyboard macro.
7404 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7405 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7406 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7407 its command name.
7408 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7410 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7413 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7415 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7417 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7418 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7420 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7422 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7423 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7424 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7425 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7426 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7427 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7429 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7430 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7431 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7432 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7434 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7436 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7437 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7438 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7439 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7440 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7441 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7443 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7445 ;;;***
7447 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7448 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15935 47202))
7449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7451 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7452 Set scroll margins.
7453 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7454 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7456 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7458 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7459 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 ;;;***
7465 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7466 ;;;;;; (15935 41174))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7469 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7470 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7471 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7472 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7473 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7474 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7475 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7476 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7478 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7479 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7481 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7482 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7483 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7484 this value is non-nil.
7486 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7487 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7488 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7490 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7491 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7492 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7494 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7496 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7497 Not documented
7499 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7501 ;;;***
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7504 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15893 31178))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7507 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7508 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7510 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7512 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7513 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7514 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7516 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7517 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7518 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7519 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7520 from the documentation string if possible.
7522 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7523 instead.
7525 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7529 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7530 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7532 \(fn)" t nil)
7534 ;;;***
7536 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15818
7537 ;;;;;; 46540))
7538 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7540 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7541 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7543 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7544 an elided material again.
7546 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7550 ;;;***
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7553 ;;;;;; (15790 59914))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7556 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7557 Initialize elint.
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7561 ;;;***
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7564 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7565 ;;;;;; 37958))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7568 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7569 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7570 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7572 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7574 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7575 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7576 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7578 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7580 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7581 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7582 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7584 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7586 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7588 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7589 Display current profiling results.
7590 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7591 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7592 displayed.
7594 \(fn)" t nil)
7596 ;;;***
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7599 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7600 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7602 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7603 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7604 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7606 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7608 ;;;***
7610 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7611 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7612 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7613 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7614 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15935 41205))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7617 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7619 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7621 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7623 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7625 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7627 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7629 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7631 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7633 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7635 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7636 Run Emerge on two files.
7638 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7640 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7641 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7643 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7645 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7646 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7648 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7650 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7651 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7653 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7655 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7656 Not documented
7658 \(fn)" nil nil)
7660 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7661 Not documented
7663 \(fn)" nil nil)
7665 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7666 Not documented
7668 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7670 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7671 Not documented
7673 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7676 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7678 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7681 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7683 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7685 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7686 Not documented
7688 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7690 ;;;***
7692 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7693 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
7694 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7696 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7697 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7698 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7700 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7702 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7704 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7705 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7706 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7708 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7709 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7710 automatically.
7712 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7713 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7714 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7718 ;;;***
7720 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7721 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
7722 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
7724 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7725 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7726 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7727 text/enriched format.
7728 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7730 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7731 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7733 Commands:
7735 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7739 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7740 Not documented
7742 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7744 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7745 Not documented
7747 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7749 ;;;***
7751 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
7752 ;;;;;; 25657))
7753 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7755 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7756 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7758 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7760 \(fn)" nil nil)
7762 ;;;***
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7765 ;;;;;; 10698))
7766 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7768 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7769 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7773 ;;;***
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7776 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15681 46036))
7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7779 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7780 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7781 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7782 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7783 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7784 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7785 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7786 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7787 buffer selected (or created).
7789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7791 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7792 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7793 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7795 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7797 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7798 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7799 The result might be any Lisp object.
7800 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7801 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7802 corresponding to a successful execution.
7804 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7806 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7807 Report a bug in Eshell.
7808 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7809 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7811 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7813 ;;;***
7815 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7816 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7817 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7818 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7819 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7820 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7821 ;;;;;; (15827 19902))
7822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7824 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7825 *File name of tags table.
7826 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7827 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7828 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7829 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7831 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7832 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7833 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7834 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7836 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7838 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7839 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7840 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7841 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7842 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7843 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7845 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7847 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7848 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7849 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7850 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7851 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7852 `auto-compression-mode').")
7854 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7856 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7857 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7858 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7859 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7860 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7862 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7864 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7865 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7866 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7867 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7869 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7871 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7872 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7873 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7874 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7875 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7877 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7879 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7880 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7881 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7882 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7884 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7885 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7886 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7887 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7888 file the tag was in.
7890 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7892 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7893 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7894 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7895 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7896 without directory names.
7898 \(fn)" nil nil)
7900 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7901 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7902 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7903 but does not select the buffer.
7904 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7906 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7907 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7908 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7909 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7910 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7912 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7914 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7915 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7916 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7918 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7920 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7922 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7923 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7924 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7925 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7927 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7928 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7929 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7930 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7931 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7933 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7935 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7936 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7937 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7939 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7941 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7942 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7944 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7945 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7946 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7947 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7948 around or before point.
7950 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7951 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7952 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7953 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7954 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7956 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7958 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7959 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7960 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7962 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7964 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7965 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7967 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7968 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7969 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7970 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7971 around or before point.
7973 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7974 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7975 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7976 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7977 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7979 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7981 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7982 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7983 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7985 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7987 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7988 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7990 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7994 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7995 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7996 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7997 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7998 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8000 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8002 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8003 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8004 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8006 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8008 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8009 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8010 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8012 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8013 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8015 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8016 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8017 where they were found.
8019 \(fn)" t nil)
8021 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8022 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8024 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8025 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8026 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8028 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8029 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8031 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8032 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8034 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8036 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8037 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8038 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8039 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8041 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8042 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8043 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8044 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8045 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8047 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8048 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8050 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8051 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8052 Stops when a match is found.
8053 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8055 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8057 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8060 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8061 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8062 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8063 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8065 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8067 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8069 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8070 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8071 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8072 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8073 directory specification.
8075 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8078 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8080 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8082 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8083 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8084 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8085 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8087 \(fn)" t nil)
8089 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8090 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8091 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8092 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8093 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8095 \(fn)" t nil)
8097 ;;;***
8099 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8100 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8101 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8102 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8103 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8104 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8105 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8106 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15935 48150))
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8109 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8110 Not documented
8112 \(fn)" nil nil)
8114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8115 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8116 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8117 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8119 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8120 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8121 language.
8123 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8124 even if the buffer is read-only.
8126 See also the descriptions of the variables
8127 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8128 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8130 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8133 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8135 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8136 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8138 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8139 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8140 language.
8142 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8143 buffer is read-only.
8145 See also the descriptions of the variables
8146 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8147 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8149 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8151 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8152 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8153 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8157 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8158 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8160 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8161 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8163 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8164 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8168 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8169 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8170 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8171 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8175 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8176 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8177 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8178 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8180 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8181 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8182 the primary language.
8184 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8185 buffer is read-only.
8187 See also the descriptions of the variables
8188 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8189 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8191 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8193 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8194 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8195 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8196 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8198 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8199 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8200 primary language.
8202 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8203 buffer is read-only.
8205 See also the descriptions of the variables
8206 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8207 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8209 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8211 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8212 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8213 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8218 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8220 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8221 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8222 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8223 3) convert the body into SERA.
8225 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8227 \(fn)" t nil)
8229 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8230 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8231 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8233 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8236 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8240 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8241 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8243 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8244 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8245 be 1, 2, or 3.
8247 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8248 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8249 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8251 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8253 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8255 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8256 Allow the user to input special characters.
8258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8261 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8262 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8267 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8269 \(fn)" t nil)
8271 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8272 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8274 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8275 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8277 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8278 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8280 \(fn)" nil nil)
8282 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8283 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8285 \(fn)" nil nil)
8287 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8288 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8290 \(fn)" nil nil)
8292 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8293 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8295 \(fn)" nil nil)
8297 ;;;***
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8300 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8301 ;;;;;; (15791 51837))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8304 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8305 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8306 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8307 server for future sessions.
8309 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8312 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8314 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8316 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8317 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8319 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8321 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8322 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8323 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8324 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8325 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8326 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8327 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8328 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8329 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8330 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8331 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8332 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8334 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8336 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8337 Display a form to query the directory server.
8338 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8339 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8341 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8343 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8344 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8345 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8347 \(fn)" t nil)
8349 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8351 ;;;***
8353 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8354 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8355 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8358 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8359 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8361 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8363 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8364 Display URL and make it clickable.
8366 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8368 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8369 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8371 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8373 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8374 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8376 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8378 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8379 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8381 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8383 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8384 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8386 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8388 ;;;***
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8391 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8394 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8395 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8396 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8398 \(fn)" t nil)
8400 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8401 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8403 \(fn)" t nil)
8405 ;;;***
8407 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8408 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8411 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8412 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8414 \(fn)" t nil)
8416 ;;;***
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8419 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8420 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8423 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8424 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8425 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8427 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8430 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8431 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8432 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8433 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8434 executable.
8436 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8438 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8439 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8440 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8442 \(fn)" t nil)
8444 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8445 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8446 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8447 file modes.
8449 \(fn)" nil nil)
8451 ;;;***
8453 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8454 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8455 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8457 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8458 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8459 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8460 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8462 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8464 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8465 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8466 to generate such functions.
8468 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8469 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8470 beginning of the expanded text.
8472 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8473 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8474 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8475 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8477 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8479 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8481 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8482 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8483 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8485 \(fn)" t nil)
8487 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8488 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8489 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8491 \(fn)" t nil)
8492 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8493 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8495 ;;;***
8497 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15935 48914))
8498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8500 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8501 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8503 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8504 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8505 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8507 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8509 Key definitions:
8510 \\{f90-mode-map}
8512 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8514 `f90-do-indent'
8515 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8516 `f90-if-indent'
8517 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8518 `f90-type-indent'
8519 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8520 `f90-program-indent'
8521 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8522 (default 2).
8523 `f90-continuation-indent'
8524 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8525 `f90-comment-region'
8526 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8527 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8528 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8529 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8530 (default \"!\").
8531 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8532 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8533 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8534 `f90-break-delimiters'
8535 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8536 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8537 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8538 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8539 (default t).
8540 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8541 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8542 `f90-smart-end'
8543 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8544 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8545 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8546 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8547 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8548 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8549 `f90-leave-line-no'
8550 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8551 `f90-keywords-re'
8552 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8554 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8555 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 ;;;***
8561 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8562 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8563 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8564 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8565 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15935 41357))
8566 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8567 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8568 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8570 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8571 Menu keymap for faces.")
8573 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8575 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8576 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8578 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8580 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8581 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8583 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8585 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8586 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8588 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8590 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8591 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8593 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8595 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8596 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8598 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8600 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8601 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8603 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8605 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8607 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8609 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8611 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8612 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8613 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8614 will not show through at all will be removed.
8616 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8618 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8619 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8620 requested face.
8622 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8623 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8624 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8626 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8629 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8630 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8632 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8633 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8634 requested face.
8636 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8637 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8638 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8640 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8642 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8643 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8644 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8646 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8647 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8648 requested face.
8650 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8651 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8652 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8654 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8656 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8657 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8658 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8659 is the menu item's name.
8661 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8662 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8663 requested face.
8665 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8666 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8667 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8669 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8671 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8672 Make the region invisible.
8673 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8674 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8676 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8679 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8680 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8681 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8683 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8686 Make the region unmodifiable.
8687 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8688 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8690 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8692 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8693 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8698 Remove all text properties from the region.
8700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8703 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8704 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8708 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8709 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8711 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8713 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8714 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8715 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8716 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8717 of colors that the current display can handle.
8719 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8724 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15930 37682))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8727 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8728 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8729 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8730 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8732 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8734 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8735 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8736 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8738 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8739 - When you save the file's buffer.
8740 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8741 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8742 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8743 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8745 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8747 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8748 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8749 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8750 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8754 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8755 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8757 \(fn)" nil nil)
8759 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8761 ;;;***
8763 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8764 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8765 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 6910))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8768 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8769 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8770 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8771 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8773 \(fn)" nil nil)
8775 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8776 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8780 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8781 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8782 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8783 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8787 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8788 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8789 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8790 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8791 backup file names and the like).
8793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8795 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8796 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8797 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8798 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8799 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8800 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8801 internally by feedmail):
8803 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8804 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8805 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8806 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8808 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8809 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8810 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8811 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8812 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8814 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8816 ;;;***
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8819 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15935 41375))
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8822 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8823 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8824 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8825 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8826 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8827 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8828 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8830 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8832 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8833 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8834 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8835 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8836 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8837 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8838 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8840 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8842 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8844 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8846 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8847 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8848 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8849 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8850 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8851 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8853 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8855 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8856 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8857 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8858 Return value:
8859 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8860 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8861 * otherwise, nil
8863 \(fn E)" t nil)
8865 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8866 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8868 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8870 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8871 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8873 \(fn)" t nil)
8875 ;;;***
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8878 ;;;;;; (15930 37703))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8881 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8882 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8883 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8884 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8885 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8886 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8887 \(directories) is done.
8889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8890 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8891 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8892 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8894 ;;;***
8896 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8897 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15935 41394))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8900 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8901 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8902 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8903 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8904 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8906 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8908 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8909 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8910 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8911 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8913 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8915 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8916 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8917 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8919 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8921 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8922 as the final argument.
8924 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8926 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8927 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8928 and run dired on those files.
8929 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8930 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8932 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8934 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8936 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8937 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8938 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8940 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8942 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8944 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8946 ;;;***
8948 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8949 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8950 ;;;;;; (15935 41411))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8953 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8954 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8955 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8957 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8959 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8961 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8963 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8964 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8965 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8967 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8968 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8970 Variables of interest include:
8972 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8973 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8974 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8976 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8977 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8978 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8980 - `ff-ignore-include'
8981 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8983 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8984 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8986 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8987 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8989 - `ff-special-constructs'
8990 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8991 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8992 extracting the filename from that construct.
8994 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8995 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8997 - `ff-search-directories'
8998 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8999 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9001 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9002 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9004 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9005 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9007 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9008 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9010 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9011 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9013 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9014 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9016 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9018 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9019 Visit the file you click on.
9021 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9023 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9024 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9031 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9032 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9033 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9034 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9035 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15935 47054))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9038 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9039 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9041 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9043 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9044 Search for SYMBOL.
9045 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9046 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9048 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9050 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9051 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9053 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9054 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9055 not selected.
9057 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9058 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9059 in `load-path'.
9061 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9063 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9064 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9066 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9067 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9068 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9069 it is one of the current buffers.
9071 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9072 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9073 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9075 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9077 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9078 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9080 See `find-function' for more details.
9082 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9084 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9085 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9087 See `find-function' for more details.
9089 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9091 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9092 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9094 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9095 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9096 not selected.
9098 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9099 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9101 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9103 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9104 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9106 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9107 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9108 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9109 it is one of the current buffers.
9111 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9112 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9113 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9115 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9117 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9118 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9120 See `find-variable' for more details.
9122 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9124 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9125 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9127 See `find-variable' for more details.
9129 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9131 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9132 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9133 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9135 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9137 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9138 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9142 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9143 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9147 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9148 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9150 \(fn)" nil nil)
9152 ;;;***
9154 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9155 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9158 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9159 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9161 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9163 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9164 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9166 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9168 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9169 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9171 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9176 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15887 14308))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9179 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9180 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9182 \(fn)" t nil)
9184 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9185 Display FILE's commentary section.
9186 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9188 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9190 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9191 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9193 \(fn)" t nil)
9195 ;;;***
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9198 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15935 41434))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9201 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9202 Toggle flow control handling.
9203 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9204 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9206 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9208 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9209 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9210 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9211 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9212 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9213 to get the effect of a C-q.
9215 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9217 ;;;***
9219 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9220 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9221 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9224 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9225 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9226 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9228 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9230 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9231 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9233 \(fn)" t nil)
9235 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9237 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9239 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9240 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9241 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9242 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9243 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9244 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9246 Bindings:
9247 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9248 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9249 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9251 Hooks:
9252 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9254 Remark:
9255 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9256 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9257 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9259 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9260 consider adding:
9261 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9262 in your .emacs file.
9264 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9265 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9269 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9271 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9272 The flyspell version
9274 \(fn)" t nil)
9276 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9277 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9279 \(fn)" nil nil)
9281 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9282 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9284 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9286 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9287 Flyspell whole buffer.
9289 \(fn)" t nil)
9291 ;;;***
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9294 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9295 ;;;;;; (15832 29330))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9298 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9299 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9301 \(fn)" t nil)
9303 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9304 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9306 \(fn)" t nil)
9308 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9309 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9311 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9312 of two major techniques:
9314 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9315 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9316 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9318 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9319 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9320 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9321 movement commands.
9323 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9324 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9325 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9326 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9327 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9328 mileage may vary).
9330 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9331 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9333 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9335 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9336 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9337 \(This is the default.)
9339 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9340 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9342 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9343 \\{follow-mode-map}
9345 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9347 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9348 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9350 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9351 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9352 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9353 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9354 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9355 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9357 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9358 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9359 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9361 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9362 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9363 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9367 ;;;***
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9370 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15933
9371 ;;;;;; 22021))
9372 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9374 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9375 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9376 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9377 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9378 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9379 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9380 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9381 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9382 end of the current highlighting list.
9384 For example:
9386 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9387 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9388 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9390 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9391 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9393 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9394 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9395 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9397 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9398 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9399 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9401 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9403 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9404 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9406 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9407 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9409 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9410 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9411 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9413 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9415 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9416 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9418 \(fn)" t nil)
9420 ;;;***
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15935
9423 ;;;;;; 48280))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9426 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9427 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9428 \\<message-mode-map>
9429 key binding
9430 --- -------
9432 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9433 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9434 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9435 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9436 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9437 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9441 ;;;***
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9444 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15935 41512))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9447 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9448 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9450 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9451 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9452 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9453 C-c < forms-first-record <
9454 C-c > forms-last-record >
9455 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9456 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9457 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9458 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9459 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9460 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9461 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9462 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9463 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9464 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9466 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9468 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9469 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9471 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9474 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9476 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9478 ;;;***
9480 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9481 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15863 57597))
9482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9484 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9485 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9486 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9487 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9488 with a character in column 6.")
9490 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9492 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9493 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
9494 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9495 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9497 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
9498 Fortran keywords.
9500 Key definitions:
9501 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9503 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9505 `comment-start'
9506 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
9507 set this to the string \"!\".
9508 `fortran-do-indent'
9509 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
9510 `fortran-if-indent'
9511 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
9512 `fortran-structure-indent'
9513 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
9514 (default 3)
9515 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9516 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
9517 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9518 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
9519 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9520 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
9521 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
9522 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
9523 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9524 (for TAB format continuation style).
9525 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9526 indentation for a line of code.
9527 (default 'fixed)
9528 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9529 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9530 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
9531 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9532 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
9533 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9534 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
9535 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9536 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
9537 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9538 column 5. (default 1)
9539 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9540 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9541 statements. (default nil)
9542 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9543 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
9544 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
9545 statement. (default nil)
9546 `fortran-continuation-string'
9547 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9548 line. (default \"$\")
9549 `fortran-comment-region'
9550 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9551 region. (default \"c$$$\")
9552 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9553 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9554 as typed. (default t)
9555 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9556 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
9557 (default t)
9559 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9560 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9562 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 ;;;***
9566 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9567 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15935 48681))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9570 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9571 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9573 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9574 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9576 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9578 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9579 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9581 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9582 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9584 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9586 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9587 Compile fortune file.
9589 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9590 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9592 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9594 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9595 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9597 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9598 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9599 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9600 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9602 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9604 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9605 Display a fortune cookie.
9607 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9608 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9609 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9610 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9612 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9614 ;;;***
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
9617 ;;;;;; (15600 45018))
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9620 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9621 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9622 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9623 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9624 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9625 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9626 specified, the user is queried.
9627 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9628 future.
9629 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9630 see `set-fringe-style'.
9632 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9634 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9635 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9636 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9637 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9638 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9639 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9640 specified, the user is queried.
9641 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9643 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9645 ;;;***
9647 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (15935 41547))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9650 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9651 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9655 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9656 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9657 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9659 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9660 GDB Toolbar
9661 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9662 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9666 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9667 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9668 | (comint-mode)
9675 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9676 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9677 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9678 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9679 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9680 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9682 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9683 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9684 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9685 in the GUD buffer.
9687 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9688 screen.
9690 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9691 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9692 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9694 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9696 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9697 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9698 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9699 reset variables.
9701 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9703 ;;;***
9705 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9706 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9707 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9709 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9710 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9712 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9713 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9715 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9716 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9717 function.
9719 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9720 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9721 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9722 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9723 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9724 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9726 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9727 Each keyword should be a string.
9729 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9730 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9732 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9733 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9734 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9736 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9738 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9740 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9742 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9743 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9744 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9745 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9747 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9748 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9750 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9752 ;;;***
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9755 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9758 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9759 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9760 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9761 at places they belong to.
9763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9765 ;;;***
9767 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9768 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15935 47838))
9769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9771 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9772 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9776 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9777 Read network news.
9778 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9779 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9780 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9781 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9782 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9784 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9786 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9787 Read news as a slave.
9789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9791 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9792 Pop up a frame to read news.
9794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9796 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9797 Read network news.
9798 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9799 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9800 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9802 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9804 ;;;***
9806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9807 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9808 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9811 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9812 Start Gnus unplugged.
9814 \(fn)" t nil)
9816 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9817 Start Gnus plugged.
9819 \(fn)" t nil)
9821 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9822 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9823 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9824 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9826 \(gnus-agentize)
9828 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9829 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9830 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9832 \(fn)" t nil)
9834 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9835 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9837 \(fn)" t nil)
9839 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9840 Not documented
9842 \(fn)" t nil)
9844 ;;;***
9846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9847 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9850 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9851 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9853 \(fn)" nil nil)
9855 ;;;***
9857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9858 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9861 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9862 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9864 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9866 ;;;***
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9869 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15935
9870 ;;;;;; 47838))
9871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9873 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9874 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9876 Usage:
9877 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9879 \(fn)" t nil)
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9882 Generate the cache active file.
9884 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9886 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9887 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9889 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9891 ;;;***
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9894 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15935 47838))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9897 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9898 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9899 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9901 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9903 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9904 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9906 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9908 ;;;***
9910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9911 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9914 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9916 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9917 Run batched scoring.
9918 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9922 ;;;***
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9925 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15935 47838))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9928 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9929 Not documented
9931 \(fn)" nil nil)
9933 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9934 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9936 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9940 ;;;***
9942 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9943 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9944 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9947 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9948 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9949 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9950 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9951 group parameters.
9953 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9954 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9955 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9956 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9958 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9959 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9960 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9961 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9962 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9963 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9964 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9965 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9966 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9967 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9969 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9971 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9972 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9973 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9975 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9976 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9978 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9980 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9981 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9982 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9984 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9986 \(fn)" nil nil)
9988 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9989 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9990 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9992 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9994 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9995 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9996 existing groups are considered.
9998 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9999 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10000 returned.
10002 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10003 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10004 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10005 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10006 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10007 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10008 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10009 clauses will be generated.
10011 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10012 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10013 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10014 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10015 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10016 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10018 For example, given the following group parameters:
10020 nnml:mail.bar:
10021 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10022 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10023 nnml:mail.foo:
10024 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10025 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10026 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10027 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10028 nnml:mail.others:
10029 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10031 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10033 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10034 \"mail.bar\")
10035 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10036 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10037 \"mail.others\")
10039 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10041 ;;;***
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10044 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10047 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10048 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10049 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10051 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10053 ;;;***
10055 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15935
10056 ;;;;;; 47838))
10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10059 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10060 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10061 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10062 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10064 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10066 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10068 ;;;***
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10071 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10074 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10075 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10076 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10077 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10078 part is ignored.
10080 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10081 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10082 rather than using this function.
10084 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10086 ;;;***
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10089 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10092 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10093 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10094 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10095 for matching on group names.
10097 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10098 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10100 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10102 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10104 \(fn)" t nil)
10106 ;;;***
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10109 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
10110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10112 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10113 Update the format specification near point.
10115 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10117 ;;;***
10119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10120 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10123 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10124 Unload all Gnus features.
10125 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10126 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10127 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10129 \(fn)" t nil)
10131 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10132 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10134 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10136 ;;;***
10138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10139 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
10140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10142 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10143 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10145 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10147 ;;;***
10149 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15935 48681))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10152 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10153 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10155 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10156 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10157 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10159 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10160 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10161 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10163 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10164 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10166 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10167 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10169 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10171 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10173 ;;;***
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10176 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15935 48476))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10179 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10180 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10181 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10182 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10183 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10185 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10187 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10188 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10189 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10190 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10191 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10193 \(fn)" t nil)
10195 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10196 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10197 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10198 or to send e-mail.
10199 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10201 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10202 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10204 \(fn)" t nil)
10206 ;;;***
10208 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10211 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10212 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10213 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10214 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10215 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10217 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10219 ;;;***
10221 ;;;### (autoloads (bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
10222 ;;;;;; (15935 41566))
10223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
10225 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10226 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10227 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10228 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10230 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10232 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10233 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10234 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10235 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10237 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10239 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10240 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10241 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10242 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10244 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10246 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10247 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10248 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10249 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10251 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10252 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10254 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10256 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10257 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10258 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10259 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10261 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10263 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10264 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10265 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10266 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10268 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10270 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10271 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10272 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10273 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10274 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10276 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10277 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10278 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10279 original source file access method.
10281 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10282 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10284 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10286 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10287 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10288 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10289 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10291 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10292 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10294 ;;;***
10296 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15935
10297 ;;;;;; 48681))
10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10300 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10301 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10302 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10303 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10305 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10306 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10307 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10308 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10310 \(fn)" t nil)
10312 ;;;***
10314 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10315 ;;;;;; (15935 48681))
10316 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10318 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10319 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10321 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10323 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10324 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10325 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10326 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10328 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10330 \(fn)" t nil)
10332 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10333 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10334 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10335 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10336 to be updated.
10338 \(fn)" t nil)
10340 ;;;***
10342 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10343 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10344 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15935 41626))
10345 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10347 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10348 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10349 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10350 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10351 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10352 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10356 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10357 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10358 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10359 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10360 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10361 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10363 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10364 is used instead of `load-path'.
10366 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10367 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10368 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10370 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10372 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10373 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10375 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10377 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10378 Not documented
10380 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10382 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10383 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10384 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10386 \(fn)" nil nil)
10388 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10389 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10390 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10391 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10392 it is displayed along with the global value.
10394 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10396 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10397 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10398 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10399 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10403 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10404 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10405 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10407 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10409 ;;;***
10411 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10412 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
10413 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10415 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10416 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10417 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10418 and window listing and describing the options.
10419 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10420 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10422 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10424 ;;;***
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10427 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10428 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15668 17307))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10431 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10432 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10433 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10434 Commands:
10435 \\{help-mode-map}
10437 \(fn)" t nil)
10439 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10440 Not documented
10442 \(fn)" nil nil)
10444 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10445 Not documented
10447 \(fn)" nil nil)
10449 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10450 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10452 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10453 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10454 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10455 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10457 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10458 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10459 restore it properly when going back.
10461 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10463 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10464 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10466 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10467 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10468 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10469 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10470 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10472 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10473 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10474 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10475 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10477 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10478 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10479 that.
10481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10483 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10484 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10485 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10486 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10487 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10488 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10490 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10492 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10493 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10494 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10495 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10496 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10498 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10500 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10501 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10503 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10505 ;;;***
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10508 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
10509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10511 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10512 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10514 \(fn)" t nil)
10516 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10517 Provide help for current mode.
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10521 ;;;***
10523 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10524 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15935 41657))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10527 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10528 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10529 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10530 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10531 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10533 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10534 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10536 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10537 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10538 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10539 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10541 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10542 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10543 periods.
10545 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10546 in hexl format.
10548 A sample format:
10550 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10551 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10552 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10553 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10554 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10555 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10556 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10557 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10558 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10559 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10560 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10561 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10562 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10563 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10564 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10566 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10567 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10568 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10570 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10571 also supported.
10573 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10575 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10576 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10577 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10579 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10580 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10581 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10583 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10584 into the buffer at the current point.
10586 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10587 into the buffer at the current point.
10589 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10590 into the buffer at the current point.
10592 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10594 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10595 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10597 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10599 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10603 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10604 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10605 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10607 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10609 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10610 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10611 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10613 \(fn)" t nil)
10615 ;;;***
10617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15935
10620 ;;;;;; 41671))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10623 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10624 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10626 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10628 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10629 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10631 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10632 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10633 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10634 which can be called interactively, are:
10636 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10637 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10639 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10640 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10641 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10642 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10644 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10645 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10647 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10648 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10650 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10651 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10652 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10653 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10654 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10655 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10657 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10658 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10660 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10661 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10662 Hi-lock: FOO
10663 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10664 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10665 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10666 will be read until
10667 Hi-lock: end
10668 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10672 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10674 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10675 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10677 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10678 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10679 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10680 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10682 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10684 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10686 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10687 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10690 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10691 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10692 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10694 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10696 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10698 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10699 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10701 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10702 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10704 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10706 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10708 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10709 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10711 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10712 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10713 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10714 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10715 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10717 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10720 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10722 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10723 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10724 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10726 \(fn)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10731 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15935 48914))
10732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10734 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10735 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10736 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10737 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10738 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10739 how the hiding is done:
10741 `hide-ifdef-env'
10742 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10743 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10744 is used.
10746 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10747 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10748 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10749 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10750 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10752 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10753 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10754 #endif lines when hiding.
10756 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10757 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10758 is activated.
10760 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10761 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10762 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10764 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10768 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10769 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10771 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10773 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10774 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10776 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10778 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10779 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10781 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10783 ;;;***
10785 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10786 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10789 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10790 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10792 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10794 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10795 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10796 Each element has the form
10797 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10799 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10800 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10802 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10803 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10805 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10806 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10807 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10808 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10809 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10811 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10812 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10814 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10815 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10817 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10818 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10819 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10821 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10822 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10823 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10824 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10825 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10826 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10828 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10829 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10830 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10832 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10833 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10835 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10837 Key bindings:
10838 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10842 ;;;***
10844 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10845 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10846 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10847 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15935 41683))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10850 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10852 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10853 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10854 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10856 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10858 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10859 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10861 Without an argument:
10862 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10863 or passive state as determined by the variable
10864 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10865 and passive state.
10867 With an argument ARG:
10868 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10869 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10870 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10872 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10873 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10874 not displayed in a different face.
10876 Functions:
10877 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10878 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10879 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10880 buffer with the contents of a file
10881 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10882 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10883 various faces.
10885 Hook variables:
10886 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10887 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10888 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10892 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10893 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10895 \(fn)" t nil)
10897 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10898 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10900 \(fn)" t nil)
10902 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10903 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10905 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10906 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10907 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10908 shown in the last face in the list.
10910 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10911 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10912 buffer to be saved):
10914 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10916 \(fn)" t nil)
10918 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10919 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10921 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10922 and must not be read-only.
10924 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10925 this function is called interactively.
10927 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10928 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10929 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10931 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10932 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10933 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10935 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10937 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10938 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10940 When called interactively:
10941 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10942 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10943 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10944 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10946 When called from a program:
10947 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10948 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10949 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10950 - otherwise just turn it on
10952 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10953 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
10954 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10955 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
10957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10959 ;;;***
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10962 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10963 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10964 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10965 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15930 37749))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10968 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10969 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10970 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10971 or insert functions in this list.")
10973 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
10975 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10976 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10978 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
10980 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10981 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10983 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
10985 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10986 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10988 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
10990 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10991 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10993 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
10995 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10996 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10997 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10999 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11001 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11002 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11003 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11004 \(as atoms)")
11006 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11008 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11009 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11010 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11011 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11012 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11014 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11016 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11017 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11018 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11019 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11020 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11021 expansions.
11022 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11023 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11024 undoes the expansion.
11026 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11028 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11029 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11030 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11031 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11033 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11035 ;;;***
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11038 ;;;;;; (15521 40298))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11041 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11042 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11043 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11044 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
11045 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11049 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11050 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11051 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11053 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11055 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11057 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11058 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
11059 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11060 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
11061 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on.
11063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11065 ;;;***
11067 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11068 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11071 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11072 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11073 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11075 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11080 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11082 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11083 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11085 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11087 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11089 ;;;***
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11092 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15935 48553))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11095 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11096 This function is obsolete.
11097 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11098 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11100 \(fn)" nil nil)
11102 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11103 This function is obsolete.
11104 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11105 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11109 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11110 This function is obsolete.
11111 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11112 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11116 ;;;***
11118 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11119 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11120 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11121 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11122 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11123 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11124 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11125 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11126 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11127 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11128 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11129 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11130 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11131 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11132 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11133 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11134 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11135 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11136 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11137 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11138 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11139 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15935 41755))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11142 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11143 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11144 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11149 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11151 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11153 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11154 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11156 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11158 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11159 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11161 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11163 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11164 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11168 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11169 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11171 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11173 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11174 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11176 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11177 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11178 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11179 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11180 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11181 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11182 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11183 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11184 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11185 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11186 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11187 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11189 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11190 Not documented
11192 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11195 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11197 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11199 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11200 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11202 \(fn)" t nil)
11204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11205 Remove the first filter group.
11207 \(fn)" t nil)
11209 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11210 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11212 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11215 Remove all filter groups.
11217 \(fn)" t nil)
11219 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11220 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11222 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11225 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11226 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11228 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11231 Kill the filter group at point.
11232 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11237 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11239 \(fn)" t nil)
11241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11242 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11244 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11247 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11248 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11249 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11251 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11254 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11255 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11257 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11261 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11262 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11263 of replacing the current filters.
11265 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11267 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11268 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11270 \(fn)" t nil)
11272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11273 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11275 \(fn)" t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11278 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11280 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11281 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11282 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11284 \(fn)" t nil)
11286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11287 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11289 \(fn)" t nil)
11291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11292 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11294 \(fn)" t nil)
11296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11297 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11298 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11299 filter into parts.
11301 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11304 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11305 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11307 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11310 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11312 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11315 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11317 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11319 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11320 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11321 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11322 of replacing the current filters.
11324 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11325 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11326 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11327 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11328 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11329 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11330 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11331 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11332 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11334 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11335 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11336 Default sorting modes are:
11337 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11338 Name - the name of the buffer
11339 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11340 Size - the size of the buffer
11342 \(fn)" t nil)
11344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11345 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11347 \(fn)" t nil)
11348 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11349 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11350 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11351 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11354 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11359 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11360 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11361 for this ibuffer session.
11363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11365 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11366 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11367 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11368 for this ibuffer session.
11370 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11372 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11373 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11375 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11376 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11378 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11379 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11381 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11383 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11384 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11386 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11387 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11389 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11392 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11394 \(fn)" t nil)
11396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11397 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11399 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11401 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11402 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11403 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11405 \(fn)" t nil)
11407 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11408 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11410 The names are separated by a space.
11411 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11413 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11414 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11415 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11416 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11418 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11425 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11427 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11428 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11430 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11433 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11438 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11440 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11442 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11443 Mark all modified buffers.
11445 \(fn)" t nil)
11447 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11448 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11450 \(fn)" t nil)
11452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11453 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11455 \(fn)" t nil)
11457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11458 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11460 \(fn)" t nil)
11462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11463 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11465 \(fn)" t nil)
11467 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11468 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11470 \(fn)" t nil)
11472 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11473 Mark all read-only buffers.
11475 \(fn)" t nil)
11477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11478 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11480 \(fn)" t nil)
11482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11483 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11484 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11485 defaults to one.
11487 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11489 ;;;***
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11492 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15935
11493 ;;;;;; 41771))
11494 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11496 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11497 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11499 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11500 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11501 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11503 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11504 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11505 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11506 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11507 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11508 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11510 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11511 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11512 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11513 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11514 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11516 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11518 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11519 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11520 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11521 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11522 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11524 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11525 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11526 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11528 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11530 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11531 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11532 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11533 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11534 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11535 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11537 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11538 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11539 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11540 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11541 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11542 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11543 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11544 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11545 values are:
11546 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11547 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11548 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11549 buffer's modification flag.
11550 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11551 prompted before performing this operation.
11552 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11553 operation is complete, in the form:
11554 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11555 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11556 confirmation message, in the form:
11557 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11558 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11559 macro for exactly what it does.
11561 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11563 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11564 Define a filter named NAME.
11565 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11566 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11567 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11569 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11570 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11571 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11572 bound to the current value of the filter.
11574 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11576 ;;;***
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11579 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15935 41784))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11582 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11583 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11584 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11585 buffers which are visiting a file.
11587 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11589 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11590 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11591 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11592 buffers which are visiting a file.
11594 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11596 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11597 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11598 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11600 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11601 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11602 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11603 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11604 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11605 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11606 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11607 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11608 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11609 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11610 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11611 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11612 locally in this buffer.
11614 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11616 ;;;***
11618 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11619 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15935 41799))
11620 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11622 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11623 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11624 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11628 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11629 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11630 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11632 \(fn)" nil nil)
11634 ;;;***
11636 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15935 48915))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11639 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11640 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11641 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11642 Tab indents for Icon code.
11643 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11644 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11645 \\{icon-mode-map}
11646 Variables controlling indentation style:
11647 icon-tab-always-indent
11648 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11649 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11650 icon-auto-newline
11651 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11652 inserted in Icon code.
11653 icon-indent-level
11654 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11655 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11656 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11657 icon-continued-statement-offset
11658 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11659 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11660 icon-continued-brace-offset
11661 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11662 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11663 icon-brace-offset
11664 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11665 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11666 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11667 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11669 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11670 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11672 \(fn)" t nil)
11674 ;;;***
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11677 ;;;;;; (15790 55821))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11680 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11681 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11682 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11683 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11685 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11686 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11687 separate frames.
11689 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11690 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11692 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11693 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11694 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11696 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11698 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11700 ;;;***
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11703 ;;;;;; (15791 49779))
11704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11706 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11707 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11709 The main features of this mode are
11711 1. Indentation and Formatting
11712 --------------------------
11713 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11714 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11716 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11717 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11718 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11719 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11721 Comments are indented as follows:
11723 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11724 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11725 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11727 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11729 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11730 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11731 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11732 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11733 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11734 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11735 recommended).
11737 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11738 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11739 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11740 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11742 2. Routine Info
11743 ------------
11744 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11745 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11746 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11747 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11748 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11749 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11750 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11751 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11753 3. Online IDL Help
11754 ---------------
11755 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11756 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11757 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11758 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11759 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11761 4. Completion
11762 ----------
11763 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11764 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11765 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11766 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11767 mixed or upper case.
11769 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11770 --------------------------------
11771 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11772 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11774 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11775 \\fu FUNCTION template
11776 \\c CASE statement template
11777 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11778 \\f FOR loop template
11779 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11780 \\w WHILE loop template
11781 \\i IF statement template
11782 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11783 \\b BEGIN
11785 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11786 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11788 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11789 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11790 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11792 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11793 -------------------------
11794 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11795 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11797 7. Automatic END completion
11798 ------------------------
11799 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11800 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11802 8. Hooks
11803 -----
11804 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11805 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11807 9. Documentation and Customization
11808 -------------------------------
11809 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11810 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11811 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11812 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11813 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11815 10.Keybindings
11816 -----------
11817 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11818 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11819 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11821 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11823 \(fn)" t nil)
11825 ;;;***
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11828 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11829 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11830 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11831 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11832 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11833 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11834 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15935 41813))
11835 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11837 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11838 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11839 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11840 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11841 displaying...)
11842 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11843 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11844 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11847 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11849 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11851 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11852 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11853 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11854 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
11855 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
11856 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
11857 versions of these functions.
11858 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
11859 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
11860 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11862 \(fn &optional ARG NOBIND)" t nil)
11864 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11865 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11866 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11867 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11868 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11869 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11870 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11872 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11874 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11875 Switch to another buffer.
11876 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11877 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11878 in another frame.
11880 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11881 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11882 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11883 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11884 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11886 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11887 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11889 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11890 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11892 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11893 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11894 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11895 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11896 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11897 in a separate window.
11898 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11899 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11900 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11901 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11902 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11903 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11904 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11905 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11906 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11910 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11911 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11912 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11913 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11915 \(fn)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11918 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11919 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11920 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11922 \(fn)" t nil)
11924 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11925 Kill a buffer.
11926 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11927 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11929 \(fn)" t nil)
11931 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11932 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11933 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11934 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11936 \(fn)" t nil)
11938 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11939 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11940 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11941 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11943 \(fn)" t nil)
11945 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11946 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11948 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11950 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11951 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11952 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11953 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11954 visible in another frame.
11956 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11957 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11958 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11959 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11960 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11961 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11963 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11964 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11966 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
11967 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11969 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11970 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11971 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11972 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11973 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11974 in a separate window.
11975 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
11976 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11977 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
11978 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
11979 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
11980 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11981 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
11982 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11983 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11984 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11985 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
11986 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
11987 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
11988 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
11989 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11993 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11994 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11995 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11996 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
12000 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12001 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12002 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12003 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12007 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12008 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12009 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12010 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12014 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12015 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12016 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12017 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12019 \(fn)" t nil)
12021 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12022 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12024 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12026 \(fn)" t nil)
12028 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12029 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12030 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12031 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12035 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12036 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12037 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12038 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12043 Write current buffer to a file.
12044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12045 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12050 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12052 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12056 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12057 Call dired the ido way.
12058 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12063 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12064 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12065 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12067 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12069 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12070 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12071 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12073 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12075 ;;;***
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15935 41827))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12079 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12081 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12082 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12083 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12085 \(fn)" t nil)
12087 ;;;***
12089 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12090 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12091 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15935 41897))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12094 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12095 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12096 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12097 be determined.
12099 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12101 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12102 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12103 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12104 be determined.
12106 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12108 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12109 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12110 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12112 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12115 Create an image.
12116 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12117 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12118 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12119 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12120 use its file extension as image type.
12121 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12122 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12123 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12124 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12126 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12128 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12129 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12130 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12131 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12132 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12133 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12134 POS may be an integer or marker.
12135 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12136 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12137 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12138 means display it in the right marginal area.
12140 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12142 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12143 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12144 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12145 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12146 defaulted if you omit it.
12147 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12148 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12149 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12150 means display it in the right marginal area.
12152 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12154 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12155 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12156 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12157 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12159 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12161 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12162 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12164 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12166 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12167 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12168 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12169 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12170 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12171 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12172 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12173 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12174 satisfied.
12176 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12178 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12180 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12181 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12183 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12184 documentation string.
12186 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12187 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12188 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12189 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12190 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12191 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12192 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12193 define SYMBOL.
12195 Example:
12197 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12198 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12200 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12202 ;;;***
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12205 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12206 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 7485))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12209 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12210 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12211 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12212 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12214 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12215 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12216 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12217 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12219 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12221 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12222 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12223 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12224 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12226 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12227 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12228 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12229 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12231 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12233 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12234 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12236 \(fn)" nil nil)
12238 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12239 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12240 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12241 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12243 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12245 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12246 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12247 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12249 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12251 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12253 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12254 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12255 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12256 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12258 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12259 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12260 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12264 ;;;***
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12267 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15714 42969))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12270 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12271 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12273 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12275 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12276 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12277 in the buffer.
12279 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12281 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12282 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12283 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12285 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12287 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12288 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12290 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12291 to create a buffer index.
12293 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12294 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12295 or like this:
12296 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12297 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12298 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12299 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12300 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12302 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12303 entries are not nested.
12305 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12306 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12307 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12308 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12310 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12311 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12313 The variable is buffer-local.
12315 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12316 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12317 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12319 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12320 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12321 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12322 during matching.")
12324 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12326 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12327 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12329 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12330 of the current buffer as an alist.
12332 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12333 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12334 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12335 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12336 if it is a sub-alist.
12338 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12340 The variable is buffer-local.")
12342 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12344 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12345 Function for finding the next index position.
12347 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12348 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12349 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12350 file.
12352 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12353 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12355 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12357 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12359 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12360 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12362 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12363 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12364 It should return the name for that index item.
12366 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12368 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12370 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12371 Function to compare string with index item.
12373 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12374 non-nil if they match.
12376 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12377 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12378 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12379 arguments match\".
12381 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12383 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12385 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12386 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12387 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12389 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12393 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12395 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12396 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12397 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12398 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12400 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12402 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12403 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12405 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12407 \(fn)" t nil)
12409 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12410 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12411 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12412 for more information.
12414 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12416 ;;;***
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12419 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12420 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15935 48150))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12423 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12424 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12428 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12429 Not documented
12431 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12433 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12434 Not documented
12436 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12438 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12439 Not documented
12441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12443 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12444 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12445 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12446 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12447 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12449 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12451 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12452 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12453 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12454 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12455 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12457 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12462 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12465 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12466 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12467 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12468 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12469 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12471 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12472 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12474 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12475 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12476 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12477 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12478 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12479 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12480 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12481 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12483 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12484 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12485 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12486 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12487 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12489 This variable is only used if the variable
12490 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12492 More precise choices:
12493 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12494 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12495 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12497 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12499 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12500 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12502 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12503 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12504 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12505 to that buffer.
12506 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12507 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12508 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12509 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12511 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12512 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12514 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12516 ;;;***
12518 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12519 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
12520 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (15926 29380))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12524 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12525 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12527 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12528 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12530 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12531 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12532 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12533 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12534 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12535 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12537 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12538 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12540 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12541 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12542 in all the directories in that path.
12544 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12546 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12547 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12549 \(fn)" t nil)
12551 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12552 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12553 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12554 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12556 \(fn)" nil nil)
12558 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12559 Go to the Info directory node.
12561 \(fn)" t nil)
12563 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12564 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12565 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12566 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12567 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12569 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12571 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12572 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12573 KEY is a string.
12574 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12575 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12576 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12577 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12579 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12581 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12582 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12583 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12585 \(fn)" t nil)
12587 ;;;***
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12590 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12591 ;;;;;; (15886 6040))
12592 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12594 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12595 Throw away all cached data.
12596 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12597 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12598 system.
12600 \(fn)" t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12603 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12604 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12605 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12606 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12607 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12609 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12611 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12613 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12614 Display the documentation of a file.
12615 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12616 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12617 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12618 The default file name is the one found at point.
12620 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12622 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12624 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12625 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12627 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12629 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12630 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12632 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12634 ;;;***
12636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12637 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15935 42088))
12638 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12640 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12641 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12643 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12645 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12646 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12647 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12649 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12650 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12651 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12653 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12654 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12655 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12656 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12658 \(fn)" t nil)
12660 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12661 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12662 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12664 \(fn)" t nil)
12666 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12667 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12668 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12669 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12670 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12672 \(fn)" nil nil)
12674 ;;;***
12676 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12677 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12678 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12681 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12682 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12686 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12687 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12689 \(fn)" t nil)
12691 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12692 Not documented
12694 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12696 ;;;***
12698 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12699 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12700 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12702 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12703 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12704 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12705 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12706 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12707 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12709 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12710 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12712 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12713 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12714 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12715 \"s gives German sharp s.
12716 /a gives a with ring.
12717 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12718 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12719 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12720 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12722 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12723 and a negative argument disables it.
12725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12727 ;;;***
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12730 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12731 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12732 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15935 48018))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12735 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12736 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12737 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12738 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12740 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12742 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12743 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12744 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12745 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12747 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12749 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12750 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12751 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12752 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12754 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12756 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12757 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12758 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12759 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12761 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12763 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12764 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12765 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12766 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12768 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12770 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12771 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12772 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12773 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12775 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12777 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12778 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12779 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12780 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12782 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12784 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12785 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12786 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12789 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12791 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12792 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12793 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12794 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12796 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12798 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12799 Warn that format is read-only.
12801 \(fn)" t nil)
12803 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12804 Warn that format is write-only.
12806 \(fn)" t nil)
12808 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12809 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12811 \(fn)" t nil)
12813 ;;;***
12815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12816 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12818 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12819 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12820 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12822 ;;;***
12824 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12825 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12826 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12827 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12828 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12829 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15935 49284))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12832 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
12833 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
12835 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12836 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12837 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12838 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12840 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12842 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12843 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12844 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
12846 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12848 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12850 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12852 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12854 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12856 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
12858 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
12860 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12861 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12863 Each element of this list is also a list:
12865 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12866 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12868 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12869 nil means the default dictionary.
12871 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12872 word.
12874 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12876 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12877 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12878 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12879 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12880 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12881 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12882 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12883 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12884 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12886 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12887 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12888 single word.
12890 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12891 subprocess.
12893 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12894 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12895 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12896 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12897 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12898 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12899 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12900 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12902 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12904 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12905 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12906 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12908 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12910 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12911 Key map for ispell menu.")
12913 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12914 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12915 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12916 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12918 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
12920 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries")) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (unless (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default")))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (cond ((not (stringp name))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
12922 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12924 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12926 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12928 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12929 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12930 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12931 Valid forms include:
12932 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12933 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12934 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12935 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12937 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12938 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12939 First list is used raw.
12940 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
12942 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12943 for skipping in latex mode.")
12945 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
12947 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12948 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12949 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12950 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12952 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12953 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12954 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12955 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12956 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12958 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12959 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12961 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12963 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
12964 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
12966 return values:
12967 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
12968 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12969 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
12970 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
12971 quit spell session exited.
12973 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12975 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12976 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12977 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12979 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12981 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12982 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12984 Selections are:
12986 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12987 SPC: Accept word this time.
12988 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12989 `a': Accept word for this session.
12990 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12991 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12992 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12993 `?': Show these commands.
12994 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12995 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12996 the aborted check to be completed later.
12997 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12998 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12999 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13000 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13001 `C-l': redraws screen
13002 `C-r': recursive edit
13003 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13005 \(fn)" nil nil)
13007 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13008 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13009 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13011 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13013 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13014 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13015 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13017 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13019 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13021 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13023 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13024 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13025 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13026 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13028 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13030 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13031 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13033 \(fn)" t nil)
13035 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13036 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13038 \(fn)" t nil)
13040 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13041 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13045 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13046 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13047 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13048 sequence inside of a word.
13050 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13052 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13054 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13055 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13059 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13060 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13061 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13062 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13064 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13065 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13066 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13067 available on the net.
13069 \(fn)" t nil)
13071 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13072 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13073 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13075 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13076 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13078 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13079 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13084 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13085 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13086 Don't check included messages.
13088 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13089 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13090 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13092 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13093 in your .emacs file:
13094 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13095 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13096 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13097 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13099 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13100 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13101 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13103 \(fn)" t nil)
13105 ;;;***
13107 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13108 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13109 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15935 42109))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13112 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13113 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13114 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13115 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13116 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13117 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13119 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13121 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13122 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13123 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13124 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13126 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13128 \(fn)" t nil)
13130 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13131 Switch to another buffer.
13133 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13134 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13135 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13136 in another frame.
13137 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13139 \(fn)" t nil)
13141 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13142 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13143 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13144 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13146 \(fn)" t nil)
13148 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13149 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13150 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13151 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13153 \(fn)" t nil)
13155 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13156 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13157 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13158 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13160 \(fn)" t nil)
13162 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13163 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13164 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13166 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13168 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13170 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13171 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13172 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13173 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13174 `iswitchb' for details.
13176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13178 ;;;***
13180 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13181 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13182 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13183 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15935 48150))
13184 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13186 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13187 Not documented
13189 \(fn)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13192 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13193 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13194 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13195 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13196 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13197 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13198 necessary to represent OBJ.
13200 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13202 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13203 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13204 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13205 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13207 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13209 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13210 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13211 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13212 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13213 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13215 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13217 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13218 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13219 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13220 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13222 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13224 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13225 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13226 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13227 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13229 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13231 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13232 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13234 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13236 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13237 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13238 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13239 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13240 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13242 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13244 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13245 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13246 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13247 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13248 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13250 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13252 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13253 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13254 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13256 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13258 ;;;***
13260 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15935
13261 ;;;;;; 42156))
13262 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13264 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13265 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13266 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13267 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13268 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13270 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13272 ;;;***
13274 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13275 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15935 42140))
13276 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13278 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13279 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13280 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13282 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13284 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13286 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13287 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13288 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13289 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13293 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13294 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13296 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13298 ;;;***
13300 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13301 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13302 ;;;;;; (15935 47202))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13305 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13306 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13307 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13308 decimal key must be specified.")
13310 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13312 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13313 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13314 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13315 decimal key must be specified.")
13317 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13319 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13320 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13321 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13322 decimal key must be specified.")
13324 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13326 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13327 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13328 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13329 decimal key must be specified.")
13331 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13333 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13334 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13335 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13336 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13337 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13338 keys are bound.
13340 Setup Binding
13341 -------------------------------------------------------------
13342 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13343 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13344 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13345 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13346 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13347 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13348 in the global and local keymaps.
13350 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13351 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13353 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13355 ;;;***
13357 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13358 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
13359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13361 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13362 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13363 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13365 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13366 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13367 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13368 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13369 shorter.
13371 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13372 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13373 the context of text formatting.
13375 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13377 ;;;***
13379 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15935
13380 ;;;;;; 48018))
13381 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13383 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13384 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13385 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13386 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13387 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13388 positions that contains the current selection.")
13390 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13391 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13392 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13393 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13394 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13395 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13396 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13400 ;;;***
13402 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13403 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13404 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13405 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15935 42195))
13406 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13407 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13408 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13409 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13410 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13411 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13412 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13413 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13415 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13416 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13417 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13418 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13419 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13420 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13421 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13423 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13424 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13425 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13427 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13428 defining the macro.
13430 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13431 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13432 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13436 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13437 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13438 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13439 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13440 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13441 under that name.
13443 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13444 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13445 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13447 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13449 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13450 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13451 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13453 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13454 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13455 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13456 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13458 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13459 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13461 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13463 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13464 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13465 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13467 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13468 macro.
13470 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13471 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13473 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13474 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13475 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13477 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13478 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13482 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13483 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13484 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13485 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13487 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13489 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13490 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13491 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13493 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13495 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13496 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13497 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13499 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13501 ;;;***
13503 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13504 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13505 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13507 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13508 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13509 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13511 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13512 Not documented
13514 \(fn)" nil nil)
13516 ;;;***
13518 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13519 ;;;;;; (15905 54531))
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13522 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13524 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13525 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13527 \(fn)" t nil)
13529 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13531 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13532 Start or resume an Lm game.
13533 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13534 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13536 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13537 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13538 none / 1 | yes | no
13539 2 | yes | yes
13540 3 | no | yes
13541 4 | no | no
13543 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13544 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13545 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13547 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13549 ;;;***
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13552 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13553 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15935
13554 ;;;;;; 48150))
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13557 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13558 Not documented
13560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13562 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13563 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13564 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13565 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13566 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13567 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13569 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13570 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13572 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13574 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13575 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13577 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13579 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13580 Not documented
13582 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13584 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13585 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13586 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13587 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13588 to compose.
13590 The return value is number of composed characters.
13592 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13594 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13595 Not documented
13597 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13599 ;;;***
13601 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13602 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15935 48018))
13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13605 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13606 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13607 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13608 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13609 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13610 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13611 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13612 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13614 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13615 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13618 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13620 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13622 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13623 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13624 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13625 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13626 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13627 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13628 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13629 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13631 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13633 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13634 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13635 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13636 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13639 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13641 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13643 ;;;***
13645 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13646 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15935 42241))
13647 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13649 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13650 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13651 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13652 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13654 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13656 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13657 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13658 JIT Lock's favor.
13660 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13662 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13663 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13664 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13665 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13666 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13667 for large buffers.
13669 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13670 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13671 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13672 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13673 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13675 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13676 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13677 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13678 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13679 slow to keep up with your typing.
13681 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13682 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13683 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13684 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13685 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13686 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13688 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13689 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13690 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13691 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13693 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13694 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13695 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13696 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13698 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13699 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13700 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13701 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13702 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13706 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13707 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13709 \(fn)" nil nil)
13711 ;;;***
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13714 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13715 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13717 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13718 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13720 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13721 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13723 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13724 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13726 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13727 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13728 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13729 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13730 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13731 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13732 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13733 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13734 and transmit saved text.
13735 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13736 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13737 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13739 \(fn)" t nil)
13741 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13742 Not documented
13744 \(fn)" nil nil)
13746 ;;;***
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15935 48681))
13749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13751 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13752 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13753 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13754 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13755 generations (this defaults to 1).
13757 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13759 ;;;***
13761 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13762 ;;;;;; 29876))
13763 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13765 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13766 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13767 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13768 is nil, raise an error.
13770 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13772 ;;;***
13774 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13775 ;;;;;; (15935 42259))
13776 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13778 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13779 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13780 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13782 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13784 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13785 Run the locate command with a filter.
13787 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13788 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13790 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13792 ;;;***
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15935 42292))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13797 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13798 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13799 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13800 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13801 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13802 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13803 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13804 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13805 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13806 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13807 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13808 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13809 uses the current buffer.
13811 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13813 ;;;***
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15935
13816 ;;;;;; 42309))
13817 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13819 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13820 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
13822 ;;;***
13824 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13825 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15935
13826 ;;;;;; 42324))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13829 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13831 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13833 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13834 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13835 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13837 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13838 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13840 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13841 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13842 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13843 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13844 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13845 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13846 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13848 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13850 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13851 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13852 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13853 switch on this list.
13854 See `lpr-command'.")
13856 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13858 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13859 *Name of program for printing a file.
13861 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13862 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13863 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13864 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13865 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13866 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13867 argument.")
13869 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13871 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13872 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13873 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13874 for customization of the printer command.
13876 \(fn)" t nil)
13878 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13879 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13881 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13882 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13883 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13884 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13886 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13887 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13889 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13890 for further customization of the printer command.
13892 \(fn)" t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13895 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13896 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13897 for customization of the printer command.
13899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13901 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13902 Paginate and print the region contents.
13904 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13905 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13906 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13907 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13909 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13910 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13912 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13913 for further customization of the printer command.
13915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13917 ;;;***
13919 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
13920 ;;;;;; (15915 36047))
13921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
13923 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
13924 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
13925 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
13927 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
13929 ;;;***
13931 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15935
13932 ;;;;;; 46813))
13933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13935 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13936 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13937 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13939 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13943 ;;;***
13945 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15935
13946 ;;;;;; 48915))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13949 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13950 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13951 \\{m4-mode-map}
13953 \(fn)" t nil)
13955 ;;;***
13957 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13958 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15935 42395))
13959 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13961 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13962 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13963 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13964 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13965 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
13967 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13969 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13970 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13971 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13972 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13974 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13975 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13976 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13977 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13978 bindings.
13980 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13981 use this command, and then save the file.
13983 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13985 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13986 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13987 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13988 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13989 each time the macro executes.
13990 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13991 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
13992 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
13993 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
13994 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
13995 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
13996 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
13998 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14000 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14001 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14002 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14004 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14005 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14006 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14007 execute.
14009 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14010 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14012 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14013 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14014 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14015 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14016 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14018 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14019 looked like this:
14021 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14022 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14023 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14025 You could enter the names in this format:
14031 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14033 \\C-x (
14034 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14035 \\C-x )
14037 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14038 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14040 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14041 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14043 ;;;***
14045 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14046 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15791 51943))
14047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14049 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14050 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14051 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14052 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14053 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14055 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14056 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14057 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14058 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14059 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14061 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14062 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14063 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14064 consing a string.)
14066 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14068 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14069 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14071 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14073 ;;;***
14075 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14076 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14077 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14080 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14081 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14083 \(fn)" nil nil)
14085 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14086 Not documented
14088 \(fn)" nil nil)
14090 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14091 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14093 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14095 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14096 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14097 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14098 message.
14100 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14102 \(fn)" nil nil)
14104 ;;;***
14106 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14107 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14108 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15935
14109 ;;;;;; 48280))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14112 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14113 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14114 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14115 often correct parser.")
14117 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14119 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14120 Not documented
14122 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14124 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14125 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14126 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14127 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14129 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14131 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14132 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14133 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14134 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14136 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14138 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14139 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14140 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14141 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14143 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14145 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14146 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14147 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14148 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14149 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14150 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14152 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14154 ;;;***
14156 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14157 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15905 54449))
14158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14160 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14161 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14163 \(fn)" nil nil)
14165 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14166 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14167 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14169 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14171 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14172 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14173 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14175 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14177 ;;;***
14179 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14180 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15935
14181 ;;;;;; 48280))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14184 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14185 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14186 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14187 king@grassland.com
14188 If `parens', they look like:
14189 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14190 If `angles', they look like:
14191 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14193 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14195 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14196 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14197 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14198 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14199 their `Resent-' variants.
14201 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14202 removed from alias expansions.
14204 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14206 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14207 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14208 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14210 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14211 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14212 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14213 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14215 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14217 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14218 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14219 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14220 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14224 ;;;***
14226 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14227 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14230 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14231 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14232 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14234 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14236 In the browser, use the following keys:
14238 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14240 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14242 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14243 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14245 `makefile-target-colon':
14246 The string that gets appended to all target names
14247 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14248 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14250 `makefile-macro-assign':
14251 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14252 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14253 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14254 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14255 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14256 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14258 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14259 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14260 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14262 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14263 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14265 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14266 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14267 up or down in the browser.
14269 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14270 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14272 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14273 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14275 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14276 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14277 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14278 has been selected in the browser.
14280 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14281 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14282 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14283 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14284 filenames are omitted.
14286 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14287 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14288 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14289 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14290 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14291 the backslash itself intact.
14292 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14293 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14295 `makefile-browser-hook':
14296 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14297 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14299 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14300 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14301 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14302 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14304 \(fn)" t nil)
14306 ;;;***
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14309 ;;;;;; 28917))
14310 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14312 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14313 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14314 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14316 \(fn)" t nil)
14318 ;;;***
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15935 42428))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14323 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14325 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14326 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14327 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14328 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14329 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14330 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14331 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14333 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14334 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14335 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14336 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14338 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14340 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14341 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14343 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14345 ;;;***
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15935 42463))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14350 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14351 Toggle Master mode.
14352 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14353 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14354 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14356 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14357 following commands:
14359 \\{master-mode-map}
14361 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14362 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14363 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14367 ;;;***
14369 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14370 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14371 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14372 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14373 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14374 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14375 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14376 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14377 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14378 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15935 47838))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14381 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14382 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14384 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14385 king@grassland.com
14386 If `parens', they look like:
14387 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14388 If `angles', they look like:
14389 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14391 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14392 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14394 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14396 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14397 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14399 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14401 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14402 *Local news organization file.")
14404 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14406 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14407 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14408 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14409 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14411 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14412 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14413 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14415 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14417 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14419 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14420 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14422 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14424 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14425 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14427 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14429 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14430 *Function for citing an original message.
14431 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14432 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14433 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14435 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14437 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14438 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14439 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14440 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14441 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14443 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14445 (defvar message-signature t "\
14446 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14447 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14448 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14449 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14451 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14453 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14454 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14455 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14456 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14458 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14460 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14462 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14463 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14464 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14465 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14466 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14467 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14468 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14469 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14470 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14471 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14472 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14473 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14474 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14475 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14476 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14477 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14478 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14479 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14480 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14481 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14482 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14483 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14484 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14485 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14486 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14488 \(fn)" t nil)
14490 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14491 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14492 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14494 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14496 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14497 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14499 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14501 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14502 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14504 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14506 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14507 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14509 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14511 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14512 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14513 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14515 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14517 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14518 Cancel an article you posted.
14519 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14523 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14524 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14525 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14526 header line with the old Message-ID.
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14530 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14531 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14533 \(fn)" t nil)
14535 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14536 Forward the current message via mail.
14537 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14538 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14540 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14542 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14543 Not documented
14545 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14547 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14548 Not documented
14550 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14552 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14553 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14555 \(fn)" t nil)
14557 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14558 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14560 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14562 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14563 Re-mail the current message.
14564 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14565 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14566 you.
14568 \(fn)" t nil)
14570 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14571 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14573 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14575 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14576 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14578 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14580 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14581 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14583 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14585 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14586 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14588 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14590 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14591 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14592 Works by overstriking characters.
14593 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14594 which specify the range to operate on.
14596 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14598 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14599 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14600 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14601 which specify the range to operate on.
14603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14605 ;;;***
14607 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14608 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14611 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14612 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14613 Special commands:
14614 \\{meta-mode-map}
14616 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14617 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14621 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14622 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14623 Special commands:
14624 \\{meta-mode-map}
14626 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14627 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14629 \(fn)" t nil)
14631 ;;;***
14633 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14634 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14635 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14638 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14639 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14640 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14645 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14646 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14647 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14648 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14649 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14650 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14652 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14654 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14655 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14656 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14657 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14658 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14659 means current).
14660 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14661 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14663 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14665 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14666 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14667 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14668 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14669 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14670 means current).
14671 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14672 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14674 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14676 ;;;***
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14679 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (15935
14680 ;;;;;; 48372))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14683 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14684 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14685 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14686 to the MH mail system.
14688 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14692 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14693 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14694 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14695 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14696 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14697 that want to create a mail buffer.
14698 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14699 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14700 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14702 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14704 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14705 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14706 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14708 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14709 initial Subject field, respectively.
14711 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14712 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14713 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14715 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14717 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14719 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14720 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14721 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14722 to the MH mail system.
14724 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14728 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14729 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14731 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14732 using the MH mail handling system.
14734 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14735 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14736 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14737 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14738 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14739 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14740 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14742 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14743 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14745 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14746 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14748 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}" t nil)
14750 ;;;***
14752 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14753 ;;;;;; (15934 55106))
14754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14756 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14757 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14758 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14759 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14764 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14765 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14766 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14770 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14771 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 ;;;***
14777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (15935 48372))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14780 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14782 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14784 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14786 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14788 ;;;***
14790 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14791 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14794 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14795 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14796 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14797 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14798 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14799 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14800 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14801 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14802 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14803 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14804 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14808 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14809 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14810 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14811 to its second argument TM.
14813 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14815 ;;;***
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14818 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15935 43116))
14819 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14821 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14822 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14823 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14825 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14827 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14829 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14830 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14831 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14832 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14833 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14834 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14835 default indication.
14837 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14838 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14842 ;;;***
14844 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14845 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
14846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14848 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14849 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14850 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14851 the entire message.
14852 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14854 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14856 ;;;***
14858 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14859 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
14860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14862 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14863 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14865 \(fn)" nil nil)
14867 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14868 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14870 \(fn)" nil nil)
14872 ;;;***
14874 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14875 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14878 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14879 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14880 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14881 followed by the first character of the construct.
14882 \\<m2-mode-map>
14883 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14884 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
14885 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
14886 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
14887 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
14888 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
14889 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
14890 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
14891 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
14892 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
14893 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
14894 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
14895 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
14896 \\[m2-link] link
14898 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14899 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14900 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14902 \(fn)" t nil)
14904 ;;;***
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14907 ;;;;;; (15837 12655))
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14910 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14911 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14913 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14915 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14916 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14918 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14920 ;;;***
14922 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15668
14923 ;;;;;; 8361))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14926 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14927 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14928 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14930 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
14932 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
14934 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14935 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14936 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14937 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14939 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14941 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14943 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14945 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14946 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14947 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14948 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14949 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14950 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14952 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14953 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14954 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14955 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14956 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14958 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14959 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14961 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14962 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14964 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14966 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14967 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14968 primary selection and region.
14970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14972 ;;;***
14974 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15571 60771))
14975 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14977 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14978 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14980 \(fn)" t nil)
14982 ;;;***
14984 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15935 43170))
14985 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14987 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14988 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14989 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14991 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
14993 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
14995 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14996 Toggle Msb mode.
14997 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14998 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14999 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15003 ;;;***
15005 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15006 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15007 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15008 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15009 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15010 ;;;;;; (15896 48204))
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15013 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15014 Display a list of all character sets.
15016 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15017 internal Emacs use.
15019 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15020 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15021 hexadecimal digits.
15022 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15023 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15025 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15026 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15027 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15028 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15030 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15031 but still shows the full information.
15033 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15035 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15036 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15037 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15038 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15039 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15041 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15042 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15043 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15044 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15045 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15047 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15050 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15051 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15052 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15053 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15055 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15057 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15058 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15060 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15062 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15063 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15065 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15067 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15068 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15070 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15071 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15072 in place of `..':
15073 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15074 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15075 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15076 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15077 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15078 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15079 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15080 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15081 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15082 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15083 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15084 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15085 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15086 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15087 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15088 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15090 \(fn)" t nil)
15092 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15093 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15095 \(fn)" t nil)
15097 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15098 Display a list of all coding systems.
15099 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15101 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15102 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15106 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15107 Display a list of all coding categories.
15109 \(fn)" nil nil)
15111 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15112 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15114 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15116 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15117 Display information about FONTSET.
15118 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15120 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15122 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15123 Display a list of all fontsets.
15124 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15125 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15126 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15130 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15131 Display information about all input methods.
15133 \(fn)" t nil)
15135 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15136 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15138 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15139 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15140 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15141 system which uses fontsets).
15143 \(fn)" t nil)
15145 ;;;***
15147 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15148 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15149 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15150 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15151 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15152 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15815 41144))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15155 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15156 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15157 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15159 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15161 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15163 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15164 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15166 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15167 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15169 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15170 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15172 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15174 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15175 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15176 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15177 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15178 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15179 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15180 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15182 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15183 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15184 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15185 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15186 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15187 middle of a character in STR.
15189 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15190 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15192 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15193 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15194 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15195 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15196 defaults to \"...\".
15198 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15200 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15202 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15204 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15205 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15207 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15208 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15209 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15211 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15212 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15213 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15215 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15216 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15217 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15218 is considered.
15219 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15220 longer than KEYSEQ.
15221 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15223 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15225 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15226 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15227 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15228 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15229 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15230 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15231 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15232 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15233 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15234 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15235 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15237 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15239 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15240 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15242 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15244 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15245 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15247 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15249 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15250 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15252 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15254 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15255 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15257 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15259 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15260 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15261 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15262 or one is an alias of the other.
15264 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15266 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15267 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15268 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15269 coding systems ordered by priority.
15271 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15273 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15274 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15275 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15276 language environment LANG-ENV.
15278 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15280 ;;;***
15282 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15283 ;;;;;; (15935 43191))
15284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15286 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15287 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15288 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15290 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15292 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15294 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15295 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15296 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15297 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15301 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15302 Enable mouse wheel support.
15304 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15306 ;;;***
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15309 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
15310 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
15311 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15314 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15315 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15317 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15319 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15320 Ping HOST.
15321 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15322 `ping-program-options'.
15324 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15326 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15327 Run ipconfig program.
15329 \(fn)" t nil)
15331 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15333 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15334 Run netstat program.
15336 \(fn)" t nil)
15338 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15339 Run the arp program.
15341 \(fn)" t nil)
15343 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15344 Run the route program.
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15348 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15349 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15351 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15353 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15354 Run nslookup program.
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15358 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15359 Run dig program.
15361 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15363 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15364 Run ftp program.
15366 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15368 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15369 Finger USER on HOST.
15371 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15373 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15374 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15375 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15376 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15378 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15380 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15381 Not documented
15383 \(fn)" t nil)
15385 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15386 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15388 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15390 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15391 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15393 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15395 ;;;***
15397 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15398 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15399 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15400 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15401 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15935 43218))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15404 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15406 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15408 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15410 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15412 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15413 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15414 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15415 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15416 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15417 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15419 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15421 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15422 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15424 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15425 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15426 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15427 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15429 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15430 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15432 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15433 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15434 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15436 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15437 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15438 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15439 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15440 column indentation or nil.
15441 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15443 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15444 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15445 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15447 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15449 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15450 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15451 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15452 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15454 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15455 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15457 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15459 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15460 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15461 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15463 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15465 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15466 Not documented
15468 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15470 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15471 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15473 \(fn)" nil nil)
15475 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15476 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15477 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15479 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15481 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15482 Set the comment column based on point.
15483 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15484 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15485 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15486 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15488 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15490 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15491 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15492 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15496 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15497 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15498 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15499 comment markers.
15501 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15503 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15504 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15505 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15506 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15507 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15508 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15509 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15510 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15512 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15513 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15515 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15517 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15518 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15519 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15520 is passed on to the respective function.
15522 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15524 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15525 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15526 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15527 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15528 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15529 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15530 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15531 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15535 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15536 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15537 This indents the body of the continued comment
15538 under the previous comment line.
15540 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15541 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15542 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15544 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15545 or comment indentation.
15547 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15548 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15550 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15552 ;;;***
15554 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15935
15555 ;;;;;; 47838))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15558 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15559 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15560 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15561 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15562 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15563 symbol in the alist.
15565 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15567 ;;;***
15569 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15570 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15573 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15574 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15575 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15579 ;;;***
15581 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15582 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15585 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15586 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15587 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15589 \(fn)" t nil)
15591 ;;;***
15593 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15594 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15597 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15598 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15600 \(fn)" t nil)
15602 ;;;***
15604 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15605 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15935 47838))
15606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15608 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15609 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15611 \(fn)" t nil)
15613 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15614 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15616 \(fn)" t nil)
15618 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15619 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15621 \(fn)" t nil)
15623 ;;;***
15625 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15626 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15627 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15629 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15630 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15631 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15633 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15634 Not documented
15636 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15638 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15639 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15640 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15641 to future sessions.
15643 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15645 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15646 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15647 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15648 to future sessions.
15650 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15652 ;;;***
15654 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15655 ;;;;;; (15893 60640))
15656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15658 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15659 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15660 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15661 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15662 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15663 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15665 ;;;***
15667 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15668 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15671 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15672 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15673 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15674 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15675 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15677 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15679 ;;;***
15681 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15682 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15685 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15686 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15687 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15689 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15691 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15692 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15694 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15695 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15696 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15700 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15702 ;;;***
15704 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15705 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15708 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15709 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15711 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15712 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15713 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15714 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15716 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15717 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15718 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15719 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15720 is why you need this mode!).
15722 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15723 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15724 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15726 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15728 Keybindings
15729 ===========
15731 \\{octave-mode-map}
15733 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15734 ==============================================
15736 octave-auto-indent
15737 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15738 Default is nil.
15740 octave-auto-newline
15741 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15742 Default is nil.
15744 octave-blink-matching-block
15745 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15746 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15748 octave-block-offset
15749 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15750 Default is 2.
15752 octave-continuation-offset
15753 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15754 Default is 4.
15756 octave-continuation-string
15757 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15758 Default is a backslash.
15760 octave-mode-startup-message
15761 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15762 Default is t.
15764 octave-send-echo-input
15765 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15766 command to the inferior Octave process.
15768 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15769 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15770 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15772 octave-send-echo-input
15773 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15775 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15777 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15778 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15780 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15781 (setq auto-mode-alist
15782 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15784 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15785 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15787 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15788 (lambda ()
15789 (abbrev-mode 1)
15790 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15791 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15792 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15794 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15795 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15796 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15797 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15799 \(fn)" t nil)
15801 ;;;***
15803 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
15804 ;;;;;; (15935 43251))
15805 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
15807 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15808 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15809 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15811 \(fn)" t nil)
15813 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15814 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15815 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15816 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15817 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15819 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15821 \(fn)" t nil)
15823 ;;;***
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
15826 ;;;;;; (15935 49284))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
15829 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15830 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15831 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15832 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15834 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15835 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15836 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15837 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15839 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15840 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15841 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15842 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15843 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15844 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15846 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15847 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15848 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15850 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15851 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15852 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15853 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15854 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15855 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15856 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15857 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15858 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15859 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15860 The subheadings remain visible.
15861 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15863 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15864 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15865 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15867 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15868 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
15870 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15871 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15872 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15873 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15877 ;;;***
15879 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15935 43375))
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15882 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15883 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15884 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15886 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
15888 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
15890 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15891 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15892 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15893 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15895 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15896 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15900 ;;;***
15902 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15935
15903 ;;;;;; 48915))
15904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15906 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15907 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
15908 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15910 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15911 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
15913 Other useful functions are:
15915 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
15916 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
15917 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
15918 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
15919 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
15920 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
15921 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
15922 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
15923 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
15925 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15927 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15928 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15929 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15930 Indentation for case statements.
15931 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15932 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15933 mark after an end.
15934 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15935 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15936 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15937 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15938 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15939 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15940 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15941 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15942 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15943 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15945 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15946 pascal-separator-keywords.
15948 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15949 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15951 \(fn)" t nil)
15953 ;;;***
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15956 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15959 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15960 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15961 The keys affected are:
15962 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15963 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15964 M-Backspace does undo.
15965 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15966 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15967 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15971 ;;;***
15973 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15974 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15935 47202))
15975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15977 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15978 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15979 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15981 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
15983 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15985 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15986 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15988 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15990 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15991 which modify the status of the mark.
15993 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15994 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15996 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15997 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15999 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16000 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16001 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16002 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16003 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16005 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16006 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16008 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16009 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16010 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16012 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16013 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16014 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16016 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16017 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16019 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16020 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16021 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16023 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16024 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16025 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16027 F6 other-window
16028 DELETE delete-char
16029 C-DELETE kill-line
16030 M-DELETE kill-word
16031 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16032 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16033 M-BACKSPACE undo
16035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16037 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16038 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16039 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16040 and cursor movement commands.
16041 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16042 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16044 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16046 ;;;***
16048 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
16049 ;;;;;; 49243))
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16053 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16055 \(fn)" nil nil)
16057 ;;;***
16059 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16060 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
16061 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16063 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16064 Completion for `gzip'.
16066 \(fn)" nil nil)
16068 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16069 Completion for `bzip2'.
16071 \(fn)" nil nil)
16073 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16074 Completion for GNU `make'.
16076 \(fn)" nil nil)
16078 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16079 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16081 \(fn)" nil nil)
16083 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16085 ;;;***
16087 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16088 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
16089 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16091 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16092 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16094 \(fn)" nil nil)
16096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16097 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16099 \(fn)" nil nil)
16101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16102 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16104 \(fn)" nil nil)
16106 ;;;***
16108 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
16109 ;;;;;; 62672))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16112 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16113 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16114 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16115 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16116 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16117 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16119 \(fn)" nil nil)
16121 ;;;***
16123 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16124 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16125 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
16126 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16128 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16129 Completion for `cd'.
16131 \(fn)" nil nil)
16133 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16135 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16136 Completion for `rmdir'.
16138 \(fn)" nil nil)
16140 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16141 Completion for `rm'.
16143 \(fn)" nil nil)
16145 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16146 Completion for `xargs'.
16148 \(fn)" nil nil)
16150 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16152 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16153 Completion for `which'.
16155 \(fn)" nil nil)
16157 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16158 Completion for the `chown' command.
16160 \(fn)" nil nil)
16162 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16163 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16165 \(fn)" nil nil)
16167 ;;;***
16169 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16170 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16171 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15930
16172 ;;;;;; 37772))
16173 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16175 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16176 Support extensible programmable completion.
16177 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16178 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16182 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16183 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16187 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16188 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16189 This will modify the current buffer.
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16193 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16194 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16196 \(fn)" t nil)
16198 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16199 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16200 This will modify the current buffer.
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16204 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16205 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16207 \(fn)" t nil)
16209 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16210 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16214 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16215 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16216 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16217 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16218 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16220 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16222 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16223 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16225 \(fn)" nil nil)
16227 ;;;***
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16230 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16231 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15935 43697))
16232 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16234 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16235 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16236 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16237 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16239 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16241 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16243 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16244 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16245 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16246 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16247 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16248 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16249 FLAGS is ignored.
16251 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16253 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16254 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16255 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16256 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16257 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16258 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16259 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16260 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16262 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16264 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16265 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16266 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16267 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16268 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16269 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16270 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16271 passed to cvs.
16273 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16275 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16276 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16277 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16278 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16279 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16280 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16281 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16283 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16285 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16287 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16288 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16289 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16291 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16293 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16294 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16295 nil means never do it.
16296 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16297 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16298 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16300 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16302 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16303 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16304 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16306 ;;;***
16308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15825 27888))
16309 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16311 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
16313 ;;;***
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16316 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16319 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16320 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16321 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16322 Tab indents for Perl code.
16323 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16324 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16325 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16326 \\{perl-mode-map}
16327 Variables controlling indentation style:
16328 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16329 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16330 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16331 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16332 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16333 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16334 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16335 `perl-nochange'
16336 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16337 `perl-indent-level'
16338 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16339 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16340 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16341 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16342 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16343 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16344 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16345 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16346 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16347 `perl-brace-offset'
16348 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16349 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16350 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16351 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16352 `perl-label-offset'
16353 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16354 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16355 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16357 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16358 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16359 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16360 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16361 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16362 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16363 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16365 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16367 \(fn)" t nil)
16369 ;;;***
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16372 ;;;;;; (15905 54616))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16375 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16376 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16377 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16378 afterwards settable by these commands:
16379 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16380 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16381 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16382 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16383 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16384 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16385 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16386 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16387 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16388 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16389 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16390 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16391 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16392 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16393 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16394 with these commands:
16395 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16396 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16397 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16398 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16399 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16400 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16401 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16402 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16403 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16404 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16405 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16406 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16407 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16408 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16409 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16410 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16411 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16412 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16413 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16414 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16415 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16416 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16417 text is saved in the kill ring.
16418 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16419 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16420 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16421 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16422 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16423 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16424 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16425 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16426 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16427 commands if invoked soon enough.
16428 You can return to the previous mode with:
16429 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16430 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16432 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16434 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16435 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16439 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16441 ;;;***
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16444 ;;;;;; (15808 14185))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16447 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16448 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16449 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16451 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16453 ;;;***
16455 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15935 48681))
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16458 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16459 Play pong and waste time.
16460 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16461 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16463 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16465 \\{pong-mode-map}
16467 \(fn)" t nil)
16469 ;;;***
16471 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16472 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15935 47054))
16473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16475 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16476 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16477 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16478 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16480 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16482 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16483 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16484 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16485 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16486 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16488 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16490 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16491 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16492 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16493 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16494 in the variable `values'.
16496 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16498 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16499 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16500 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16501 Ignores leading comment characters.
16503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16505 ;;;***
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
16508 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
16511 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
16512 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
16513 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
16514 Commands:
16515 \\{prolog-mode-map}
16516 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
16517 if that value is non-nil.
16519 \(fn)" t nil)
16521 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
16522 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
16524 \(fn)" t nil)
16526 ;;;***
16528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15935 43727))
16529 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
16531 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
16532 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
16533 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
16535 ;;;***
16537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
16538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
16539 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
16541 ;;;***
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
16544 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
16545 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
16546 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
16549 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
16550 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
16552 Valid values are:
16554 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
16555 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
16556 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
16557 changed by setting the variable
16558 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
16559 The initial value of this variable is
16560 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
16561 documentation).
16563 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
16564 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
16565 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
16566 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
16567 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
16568 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
16569 test it.
16571 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
16572 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
16573 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
16574 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
16575 source file. BDF fonts are included in
16576 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
16577 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
16578 use this value, be sure to have installed
16579 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
16580 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
16581 documentation of this variable).
16583 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
16584 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
16585 characters. This is convenient when you want or
16586 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
16587 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
16588 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
16590 Any other value is treated as nil.")
16592 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
16594 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16595 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
16596 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
16598 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16600 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16601 Not documented
16603 \(fn)" nil nil)
16605 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
16606 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
16608 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
16610 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16612 Returns the value:
16614 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16616 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16617 the sequence.
16619 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16621 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
16622 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
16624 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
16625 composition.
16627 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16629 Returns the value:
16631 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16633 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16634 the sequence.
16636 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16638 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
16639 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
16641 \(fn)" nil nil)
16643 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
16644 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
16645 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
16647 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
16649 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
16650 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
16652 \(fn)" nil nil)
16654 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
16655 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
16656 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
16658 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
16660 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
16661 Not documented
16663 \(fn)" nil nil)
16665 ;;;***
16667 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
16668 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
16669 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
16670 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
16671 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
16672 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (15766
16673 ;;;;;; 29665))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
16676 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
16677 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
16678 See `ps-paper-type'.")
16680 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
16682 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
16683 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
16684 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
16685 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
16687 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
16689 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
16690 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
16692 Valid values are:
16694 nil Do not print colors.
16696 t Print colors.
16698 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
16699 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
16701 Any other value is treated as t.")
16703 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
16705 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
16706 Customization of ps-print group.
16708 \(fn)" t nil)
16710 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16711 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16713 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16714 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
16715 sending it to the printer.
16717 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16718 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16719 image in a file with that name.
16721 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16723 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16724 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16725 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16726 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16727 so it has a way to determine color values.
16729 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16731 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
16732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16733 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
16735 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16737 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16738 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16739 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16740 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16741 so it has a way to determine color values.
16743 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16747 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
16748 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
16750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16752 \(fn)" t nil)
16754 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16755 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16756 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16757 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16758 so it has a way to determine color values.
16760 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16762 \(fn)" t nil)
16764 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
16765 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16766 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
16768 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16770 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16772 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16773 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16774 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16775 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16776 so it has a way to determine color values.
16778 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16782 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
16783 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16785 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16786 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16787 instead of sending it to the printer.
16789 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16790 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16791 image in a file with that name.
16793 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16795 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
16796 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
16797 Done using the current ps-print setup.
16798 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
16799 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
16801 \(fn)" t nil)
16803 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16804 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
16805 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16807 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16809 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
16810 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
16811 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16813 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16815 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
16816 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
16818 \(fn)" nil nil)
16820 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
16821 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16823 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
16824 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16826 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16827 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16829 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
16831 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
16833 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16835 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
16836 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16838 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
16839 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16841 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16842 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16844 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
16846 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
16848 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
16850 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
16851 foreground and background colors respectively.
16853 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
16854 bold - use bold font.
16855 italic - use italic font.
16856 underline - put a line under text.
16857 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
16858 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
16859 shadow - text will have a shadow.
16860 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
16861 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
16863 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
16865 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16867 ;;;***
16869 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
16870 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
16871 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
16872 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
16873 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15935 48018))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
16876 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
16877 Return the title of the current Quail package.
16879 \(fn)" nil nil)
16881 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
16882 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
16883 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
16885 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
16886 `quail-activate', which see.
16888 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
16890 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
16891 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
16892 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
16893 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
16894 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
16895 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
16896 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
16898 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
16899 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
16900 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
16901 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
16902 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
16903 shown.
16904 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
16906 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
16907 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
16908 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
16909 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
16910 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
16911 list of candidates.
16913 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
16914 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
16915 command to be called.
16917 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
16918 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
16919 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
16920 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
16922 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
16923 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
16924 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
16925 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
16926 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
16927 to t.
16929 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
16930 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
16931 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
16932 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
16934 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
16935 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
16936 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
16937 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
16939 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
16940 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
16941 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
16942 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
16943 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
16944 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
16946 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
16947 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
16948 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
16949 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
16950 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
16951 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
16953 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
16954 covers Quail translation region.
16956 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
16957 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
16958 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
16959 for it) is inserted.
16961 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
16962 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
16963 vs. corresponding command to be called.
16965 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
16966 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
16967 non-Quail commands.
16969 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
16971 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16972 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
16974 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
16975 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
16976 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
16977 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
16978 you type is correctly handled.
16980 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
16982 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16983 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
16985 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
16986 keyboard type.
16988 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
16990 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
16991 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
16992 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
16993 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16994 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
16995 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16996 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16997 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16998 for the translation.
16999 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17001 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17002 it is used to handle KEY.
17004 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17005 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17006 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17007 the following annotation types are supported.
17009 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17010 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17012 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17013 candidate list.
17015 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17016 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17017 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17018 inserted.
17020 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17021 generated for the following translations.
17023 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17025 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17026 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17028 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17029 which to install MAP.
17031 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17033 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17035 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17036 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17038 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17039 which to install MAP.
17041 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17043 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17045 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17046 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17047 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17048 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17049 a function, or a cons.
17050 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17051 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17052 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17053 for the translation.
17054 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17055 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17056 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17057 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17058 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17060 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17061 it is used to handle KEY.
17063 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17064 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17065 current Quail package.
17067 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17068 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17070 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17072 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17073 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17075 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17076 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17078 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17080 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17081 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17083 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17085 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17086 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17087 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17088 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17089 of the Emacs source tree.
17091 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17092 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17094 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17095 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17096 of each directory.
17098 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17100 ;;;***
17102 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17103 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17104 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15935
17105 ;;;;;; 48476))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17108 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17109 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17110 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17111 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17113 To make use of this do something like:
17115 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17117 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17119 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17120 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17122 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17123 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17124 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17126 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17128 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17129 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17131 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17133 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17134 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17136 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17137 is decided.
17139 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17141 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17142 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17144 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17145 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17146 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17148 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17150 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17151 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17153 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17155 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17156 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17158 \(fn)" t nil)
17160 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17161 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17163 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
17165 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
17167 \(fn)" t nil)
17169 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
17170 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
17172 \(fn)" t nil)
17174 ;;;***
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15935
17177 ;;;;;; 48476))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
17180 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
17181 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
17182 See \\[compile].
17184 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
17186 ;;;***
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
17189 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
17192 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
17193 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
17195 \(fn)" t nil)
17197 ;;;***
17199 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
17200 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
17201 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15930 37795))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
17204 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
17205 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'.
17207 \(fn)" t nil)
17209 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
17210 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list.
17212 \(fn)" t nil)
17214 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
17215 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'.
17217 \(fn)" t nil)
17219 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
17220 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
17221 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
17222 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
17223 which buffer to use for the interaction.
17225 \(fn &optional FILES BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
17227 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
17228 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu.
17230 \(fn)" t nil)
17232 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
17233 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
17234 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17236 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
17238 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
17240 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
17241 Toggle recentf mode.
17242 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17243 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17245 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
17246 were operated on recently.
17248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17250 ;;;***
17252 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
17253 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
17254 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
17255 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15935
17256 ;;;;;; 43819))
17257 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
17259 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
17260 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
17261 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
17262 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
17264 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
17266 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
17268 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
17269 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
17270 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
17271 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
17272 ends.
17274 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17275 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
17276 to be deleted.
17278 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17280 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17281 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17282 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17284 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17285 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17286 deleted.
17288 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17290 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17291 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17292 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17294 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
17297 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
17299 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17300 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
17302 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17303 deleted.
17305 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17307 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
17308 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
17310 \(fn)" t nil)
17312 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17313 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
17314 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
17315 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
17316 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
17317 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
17318 and point is at the lower right corner.
17320 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
17322 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
17323 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17325 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
17326 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
17328 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17329 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
17330 on the right side of the rectangle.
17332 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17334 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
17336 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
17337 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
17338 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
17339 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
17340 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
17342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17343 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
17345 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17347 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
17348 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
17349 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
17351 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
17353 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17355 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
17357 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17358 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17360 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17361 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
17362 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
17364 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17366 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
17367 Blank out the region-rectangle.
17368 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
17370 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17371 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
17372 rectangle which were empty.
17374 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17376 ;;;***
17378 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15935
17379 ;;;;;; 49285))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
17382 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17383 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17384 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17386 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17387 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17388 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17392 ;;;***
17394 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
17395 ;;;;;; (15927 49403))
17396 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17398 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17399 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17401 \(fn)" nil nil)
17403 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17404 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
17406 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
17407 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
17409 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
17410 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17411 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17412 \\ref macro.
17414 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
17415 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17416 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
17418 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17419 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17420 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
17422 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17423 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17425 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17426 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
17428 \\{reftex-mode-map}
17429 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17430 on the menu bar.
17432 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17436 ;;;***
17438 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17439 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
17440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17442 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17443 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17444 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17445 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
17446 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17447 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17449 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17451 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17453 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17454 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17455 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
17456 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17458 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17459 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17460 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17461 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
17463 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
17465 ;;;***
17467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
17468 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
17469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
17471 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
17472 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
17473 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
17475 To insert new phrases, use
17476 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
17477 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
17479 To index phrases use one of:
17481 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
17482 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
17483 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
17484 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
17485 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
17487 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
17488 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
17490 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
17492 Here are all local bindings.
17494 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
17496 \(fn)" t nil)
17498 ;;;***
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
17501 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
17504 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
17505 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
17506 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
17507 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
17508 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
17509 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
17511 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
17512 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
17514 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
17515 by \\=\\< and \\>.
17517 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
17519 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
17520 Return the depth of REGEXP.
17521 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
17522 in REGEXP.
17524 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
17526 ;;;***
17528 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15935 43856))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
17531 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
17532 Repeat most recently executed command.
17533 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
17534 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
17535 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
17537 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
17538 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
17539 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
17541 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
17543 ;;;***
17545 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
17546 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
17549 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
17550 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
17552 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
17553 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
17554 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
17555 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
17556 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
17557 and point is left after the salutation.
17559 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
17560 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
17561 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
17562 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
17563 left after that text.
17565 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
17566 is non-nil.
17568 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
17569 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
17570 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
17571 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
17573 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
17575 ;;;***
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
17578 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
17581 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
17582 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
17583 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
17584 visibility of comments that precede it.
17585 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
17586 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
17587 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
17588 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
17589 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
17590 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
17591 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
17592 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
17593 the comment lines.
17594 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
17595 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
17596 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
17597 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
17598 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
17600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17601 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
17603 ;;;***
17605 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15935
17606 ;;;;;; 43901))
17607 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
17609 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
17610 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
17612 \(fn)" nil nil)
17614 ;;;***
17616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
17617 ;;;;;; (15832 26515))
17618 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
17620 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17621 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
17622 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17624 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17625 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17626 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17630 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
17631 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
17632 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17634 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
17636 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
17638 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17639 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
17640 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17642 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17643 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17644 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17648 ;;;***
17650 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
17651 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
17652 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
17655 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
17656 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17657 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
17658 If emacs is not running under a window system,
17659 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
17661 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
17663 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
17664 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17665 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
17666 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
17667 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
17669 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
17671 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
17672 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
17673 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17675 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
17677 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
17679 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
17680 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
17681 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
17682 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
17683 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
17684 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
17685 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
17687 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17688 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17692 ;;;***
17694 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
17695 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
17696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
17698 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
17699 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
17701 \(fn X)" nil nil)
17703 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
17704 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
17706 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
17708 ;;;***
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
17711 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
17712 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17714 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
17715 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
17716 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
17717 other arguments for `rlogin'.
17719 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
17721 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
17722 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
17723 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
17724 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
17726 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
17727 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
17729 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
17730 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
17732 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
17733 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
17734 INPUT-ARGS.
17736 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
17737 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
17738 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
17739 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
17740 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
17742 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
17743 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
17744 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
17745 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
17747 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
17748 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
17749 variable.
17751 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
17753 ;;;***
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
17756 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
17757 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
17758 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
17759 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
17760 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
17761 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15897 43157))
17762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
17764 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17765 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17766 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
17767 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
17769 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
17771 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
17772 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
17773 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
17774 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
17775 value is the user's email address and name.)
17776 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
17778 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
17779 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
17780 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
17781 which normally happens once for each message,
17782 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
17783 To make a change in this variable take effect
17784 for a message that you have already viewed,
17785 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
17787 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
17789 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
17790 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
17791 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
17792 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
17794 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
17796 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
17797 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
17799 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
17801 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
17802 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
17803 A value of nil means don't highlight.
17804 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
17806 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
17808 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
17809 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
17811 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
17813 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
17814 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
17816 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
17818 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
17819 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
17820 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
17821 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
17822 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
17824 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
17826 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
17827 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
17829 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
17831 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
17832 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
17834 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
17836 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
17837 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
17839 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
17841 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
17842 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
17844 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
17846 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
17847 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
17849 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
17850 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
17852 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
17853 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
17855 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
17857 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
17858 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
17860 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
17861 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
17862 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
17863 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
17865 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
17866 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
17868 This is set to nil by default.")
17870 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
17871 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
17872 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
17873 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
17874 until a user explicitly requires it.")
17876 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
17878 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
17879 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
17880 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17881 It is called with no argument.")
17883 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
17884 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
17885 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
17886 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
17887 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17888 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17889 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17891 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
17892 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
17893 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17894 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17895 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17896 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17898 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
17899 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
17900 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17901 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
17902 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
17904 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
17905 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
17906 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17907 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
17908 MSG is the message number,
17909 REGEXP is the regular expression,
17910 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
17912 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
17913 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
17914 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
17915 this feature is required with `require'.")
17917 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
17918 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
17919 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
17920 the message is decoded as normal way.
17922 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
17923 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
17924 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
17926 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
17927 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
17928 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
17930 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
17931 Read and edit incoming mail.
17932 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
17933 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
17934 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
17936 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
17937 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
17938 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
17939 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
17941 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
17943 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
17945 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
17946 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
17947 All normal editing commands are turned off.
17948 Instead, these commands are available:
17950 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
17951 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
17952 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
17953 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
17954 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
17955 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
17956 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
17957 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
17958 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
17959 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
17960 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
17961 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
17962 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
17963 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
17964 till a deleted message is found.
17965 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
17966 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
17967 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
17968 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
17969 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
17970 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
17971 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
17972 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
17973 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
17974 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
17975 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
17976 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
17977 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
17978 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
17979 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
17980 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
17981 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
17982 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
17983 (label defaults to last one specified).
17984 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
17985 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
17986 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
17987 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
17988 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
17989 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
17990 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
17991 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
17992 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
17994 \(fn)" t nil)
17996 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
17997 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
17999 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18001 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18002 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18004 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18006 ;;;***
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18009 ;;;;;; (15828 34013))
18010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18012 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18013 Edit the contents of this message.
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18017 ;;;***
18019 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18020 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18021 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18024 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18025 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18026 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18028 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18030 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18031 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18032 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18034 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18036 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18037 Not documented
18039 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18041 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18042 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18043 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18044 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18045 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18047 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18049 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18050 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18051 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18052 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18053 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18055 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18057 ;;;***
18059 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18060 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18061 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18063 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18064 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18065 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18066 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18068 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18070 ;;;***
18072 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18073 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18074 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15935 40173))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18077 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18078 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18079 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18080 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18081 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18082 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18083 a file name as a string.")
18085 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18087 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18088 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18089 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18090 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18091 buffer visiting that file.
18092 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18093 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18095 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18096 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18098 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18099 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18101 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18102 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18104 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18106 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18107 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18109 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18111 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18112 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18113 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18114 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18115 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18117 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18118 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18119 will be appended with their original headers.
18121 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18122 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18124 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18125 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18127 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18129 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18131 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18132 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18133 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18135 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18137 ;;;***
18139 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18140 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18141 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15935
18142 ;;;;;; 48280))
18143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18145 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18146 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18147 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18149 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18151 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18152 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18153 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18155 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18157 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18158 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18159 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18161 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18163 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18164 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18165 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18167 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18169 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18170 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18171 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18173 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18175 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18176 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18177 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18179 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18181 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18182 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18183 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18184 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18186 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18188 ;;;***
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18191 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18192 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18193 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18194 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15935 48280))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
18197 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
18198 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
18200 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
18202 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
18203 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
18205 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
18207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
18208 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
18210 \(fn)" t nil)
18212 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
18213 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
18214 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
18216 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
18218 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
18219 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
18220 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
18221 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18222 only look in the To and From fields.
18223 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18225 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
18227 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
18228 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
18229 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
18230 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
18231 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
18233 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
18235 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
18236 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
18237 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
18238 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18239 look in the whole message.
18240 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18242 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
18244 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
18245 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
18246 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
18248 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
18250 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
18251 *Function to decode summary-line.
18253 By default, `identity' is set.")
18255 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
18257 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
18258 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
18259 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
18260 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
18261 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
18262 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
18263 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
18265 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
18266 sent by you under different user names.
18267 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
18269 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
18271 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
18273 ;;;***
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
18276 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
18279 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
18280 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
18281 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
18282 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
18284 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
18286 ;;;***
18288 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
18289 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15935 43923))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
18292 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
18293 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
18295 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
18297 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
18298 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
18300 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18302 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
18303 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
18305 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18307 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
18308 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
18309 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
18311 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
18312 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
18313 in rot 13.
18315 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
18317 \(fn)" t nil)
18319 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
18320 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
18322 \(fn)" t nil)
18324 ;;;***
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
18327 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
18328 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
18329 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
18330 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
18333 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
18334 *This variable is obsolete.")
18336 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
18338 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
18339 *This variable is obsolete.")
18341 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18343 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
18344 *This variable is obsolete.")
18346 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18348 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
18349 *This variable is obsolete.")
18351 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
18353 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
18354 *This variable is obsolete.")
18356 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18358 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
18359 *This variable is obsolete.")
18361 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18363 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
18364 This function is obsolete.
18366 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15935
18371 ;;;;;; 62288))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
18374 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
18375 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
18377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18379 ;;;***
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15935
18382 ;;;;;; 47054))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
18385 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
18386 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
18387 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
18388 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
18390 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
18392 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
18393 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
18394 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
18396 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
18397 notation.
18399 STRING
18400 matches string STRING literally.
18402 CHAR
18403 matches character CHAR literally.
18405 `not-newline'
18406 matches any character except a newline.
18408 `anything'
18409 matches any character
18411 `(any SET)'
18412 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
18413 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
18415 '(in SET)'
18416 like `any'.
18418 `(not (any SET))'
18419 matches any character not in SET
18421 `line-start'
18422 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
18423 in the text being matched
18425 `line-end'
18426 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
18428 `string-start'
18429 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18430 string being matched against.
18432 `string-end'
18433 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18434 string being matched against.
18436 `buffer-start'
18437 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18438 buffer being matched against.
18440 `buffer-end'
18441 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18442 buffer being matched against.
18444 `point'
18445 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18447 `word-start'
18448 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18449 word.
18451 `word-end'
18452 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
18454 `word-boundary'
18455 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18456 word.
18458 `(not word-boundary)'
18459 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
18460 word.
18462 `digit'
18463 matches 0 through 9.
18465 `control'
18466 matches ASCII control characters.
18468 `hex-digit'
18469 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
18471 `blank'
18472 matches space and tab only.
18474 `graphic'
18475 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
18476 space, and DEL.
18478 `printing'
18479 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
18480 and DEL.
18482 `alphanumeric'
18483 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18484 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18486 `letter'
18487 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18488 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18490 `ascii'
18491 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
18493 `nonascii'
18494 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
18496 `lower'
18497 matches anything lower-case.
18499 `upper'
18500 matches anything upper-case.
18502 `punctuation'
18503 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18504 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
18506 `space'
18507 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
18509 `word'
18510 matches anything that has word syntax.
18512 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
18513 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
18514 of the following symbols.
18516 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
18517 `punctuation' (\\s.)
18518 `word' (\\sw)
18519 `symbol' (\\s_)
18520 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
18521 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
18522 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
18523 `string-quote' (\\s\")
18524 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
18525 `escape' (\\s\\)
18526 `character-quote' (\\s/)
18527 `comment-start' (\\s<)
18528 `comment-end' (\\s>)
18530 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
18531 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
18533 `(category CATEGORY)'
18534 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
18535 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
18537 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
18538 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
18539 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
18540 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
18541 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
18542 `symbol' (\\c5)
18543 `digit' (\\c6)
18544 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
18545 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
18546 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
18547 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
18548 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
18549 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
18550 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
18551 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
18552 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
18553 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
18554 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
18555 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
18556 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
18557 `ascii' (\\ca)
18558 `arabic' (\\cb)
18559 `chinese' (\\cc)
18560 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
18561 `greek' (\\cg)
18562 `korean' (\\ch)
18563 `indian' (\\ci)
18564 `japanese' (\\cj)
18565 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
18566 `latin' (\\cl)
18567 `lao' (\\co)
18568 `tibetan' (\\cq)
18569 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
18570 `thai' (\\ct)
18571 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
18572 `hebrew' (\\cw)
18573 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
18574 `can-break' (\\c|)
18576 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
18577 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
18579 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18580 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
18582 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18583 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
18584 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
18586 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18587 another name for `submatch'.
18589 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18590 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
18591 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
18592 regular expression.
18594 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
18595 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
18596 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
18597 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
18598 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
18600 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
18601 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
18603 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
18604 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18606 `(0+ SEXP)'
18607 like `zero-or-more'.
18609 `(* SEXP)'
18610 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18612 `(*? SEXP)'
18613 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18615 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
18616 matches one or more occurrences of A.
18618 `(1+ SEXP)'
18619 like `one-or-more'.
18621 `(+ SEXP)'
18622 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18624 `(+? SEXP)'
18625 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18627 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
18628 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
18630 `(optional SEXP)'
18631 like `zero-or-one'.
18633 `(? SEXP)'
18634 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18636 `(?? SEXP)'
18637 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18639 `(repeat N SEXP)'
18640 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18642 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
18643 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18645 `(eval FORM)'
18646 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
18647 `regexp-quote' it.
18649 `(regexp REGEXP)'
18650 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
18652 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
18654 ;;;***
18656 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
18657 ;;;;;; (15806 55294))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
18660 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
18661 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
18662 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18664 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
18665 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
18666 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
18667 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
18668 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
18669 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
18670 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
18671 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
18673 Commands:
18674 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18675 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18676 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18677 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
18678 if that value is non-nil.
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18682 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
18683 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
18684 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18686 Commands:
18687 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18688 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18689 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18690 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
18691 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
18692 that variable's value is a string.
18694 \(fn)" t nil)
18696 ;;;***
18698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
18699 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
18700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
18702 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
18703 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
18704 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
18706 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18710 ;;;***
18712 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
18713 ;;;;;; 10702))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
18716 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
18717 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
18718 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
18719 \\{scribe-mode-map}
18721 Interesting variables:
18723 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
18724 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
18726 `scribe-electric-quote'
18727 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
18729 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
18730 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
18731 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
18733 ;;;***
18735 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
18736 ;;;;;; (15935 44067))
18737 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
18739 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
18740 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
18741 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18743 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
18745 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
18747 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
18748 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
18749 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
18750 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
18751 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
18753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18755 ;;;***
18757 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
18758 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
18759 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
18760 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
18761 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
18762 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15935 48280))
18763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
18765 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
18766 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
18768 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
18769 king@grassland.com
18770 If `parens', they look like:
18771 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
18772 If `angles', they look like:
18773 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
18774 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
18775 derived from the envelope-from address.
18777 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
18778 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
18779 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
18780 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
18782 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
18784 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
18785 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
18786 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
18787 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
18789 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
18790 is a privileged operation.")
18792 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
18794 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
18795 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
18796 This is done when the message is initialized,
18797 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
18799 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
18801 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
18802 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
18803 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
18805 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
18807 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
18808 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
18810 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
18812 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
18813 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
18814 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
18815 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
18816 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
18817 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
18818 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
18820 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
18822 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
18823 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
18825 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
18827 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
18828 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
18829 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
18831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
18833 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
18834 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
18835 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
18836 when you first send mail.")
18838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
18840 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
18841 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
18842 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
18843 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
18844 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
18846 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
18848 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
18849 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
18850 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
18851 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
18852 This file need not actually exist.")
18854 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
18856 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
18857 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
18858 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
18859 If a string, that string is inserted.
18860 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
18861 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
18862 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
18863 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
18865 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
18867 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
18868 *Directory for mail buffers.
18869 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
18870 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
18872 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
18874 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
18875 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
18876 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
18877 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
18878 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18879 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
18880 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
18881 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
18882 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
18883 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
18884 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
18885 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
18886 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
18887 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
18888 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
18890 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
18891 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18892 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18893 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
18894 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18895 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18897 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
18898 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18899 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
18901 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
18902 User should not set this variable manually,
18903 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
18904 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
18905 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18906 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
18908 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
18909 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
18910 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
18911 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
18913 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
18914 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
18916 \\<mail-mode-map>
18917 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
18919 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
18920 to move to message header fields:
18921 \\{mail-mode-map}
18923 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
18924 when the message is initialized.
18926 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
18927 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
18929 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
18930 is inserted.
18932 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
18933 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
18935 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
18936 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
18938 The second through fifth arguments,
18939 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
18940 the initial contents of those header fields.
18941 These arguments should not have final newlines.
18942 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
18943 original message being replied to, or else an action
18944 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
18945 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
18946 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
18947 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
18948 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
18949 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
18951 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
18953 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
18954 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18956 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18958 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
18959 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18961 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18963 ;;;***
18965 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
18966 ;;;;;; (15909 40748))
18967 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
18969 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
18970 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
18971 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
18972 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
18973 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
18974 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
18976 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
18978 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
18980 (defvar server-mode nil "\
18981 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
18982 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18984 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
18986 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
18988 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
18989 Toggle Server mode.
18990 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
18991 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
18992 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
18994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18996 ;;;***
18998 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15933 28295))
18999 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19001 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19002 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19004 Key definitions:
19005 \\{ses-mode-map}
19006 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19007 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19008 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19009 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19013 ;;;***
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19016 ;;;;;; (15904 40709))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19019 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19020 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19021 Makes > match <.
19022 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19023 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19025 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19026 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19027 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19029 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19030 your `.emacs' file.
19032 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19034 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19035 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19036 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
19038 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19039 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19040 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19041 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19042 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19043 which this is based.
19045 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19047 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19048 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19049 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19050 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19052 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19053 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19054 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19056 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19057 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19058 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19059 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19061 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19062 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19063 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19064 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19066 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19068 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19069 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19070 To work around that, do:
19071 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19073 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
19075 ;;;***
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19078 ;;;;;; (15913 47934))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19081 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
19083 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19084 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19085 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19086 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19087 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19088 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19090 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19091 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19092 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19093 shell-specific features.
19095 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19096 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19097 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19099 \\[sh-case] case statement
19100 \\[sh-for] for loop
19101 \\[sh-function] function definition
19102 \\[sh-if] if statement
19103 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19104 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19105 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19106 \\[sh-select] select loop
19107 \\[sh-until] until loop
19108 \\[sh-while] while loop
19110 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19111 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19112 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19113 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19114 would indent to the way it currently is.
19115 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19116 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19119 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19120 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19121 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19122 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19123 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19124 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19126 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19127 {, (, [, ', \", `
19128 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19130 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19131 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19132 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19134 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19135 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19137 \(fn)" t nil)
19139 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19141 ;;;***
19143 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19144 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19147 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19148 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19150 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19151 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19152 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19153 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19154 the earlier.
19156 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19158 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19160 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19161 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19162 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19164 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19165 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19167 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19168 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19169 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19170 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19171 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19172 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19173 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19174 emacs version).
19176 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19177 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19178 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19179 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19180 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19182 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19183 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19184 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19188 ;;;***
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
19191 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15935
19192 ;;;;;; 44093))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
19195 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
19196 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
19197 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
19198 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
19199 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
19200 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
19201 in the cluster.
19203 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19205 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
19206 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
19207 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
19208 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
19209 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
19211 \(fn)" t nil)
19213 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
19214 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
19215 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
19216 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
19217 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
19218 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
19219 `shadow-define-cluster').
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19223 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
19224 Set up file shadowing.
19226 \(fn)" t nil)
19228 ;;;***
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (15930 37817))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
19234 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
19235 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
19236 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
19237 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
19238 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
19239 arguments.")
19241 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
19243 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
19244 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
19245 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
19246 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
19247 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
19248 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
19249 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
19250 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
19251 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
19252 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
19253 discards input when it starts up.)
19254 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
19255 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
19256 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
19258 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19259 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19260 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19261 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
19262 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19263 `default-process-coding-system'.
19265 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
19266 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
19267 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
19268 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
19270 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
19272 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19273 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
19275 ;;;***
19277 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15935
19278 ;;;;;; 48915))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
19281 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
19282 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
19283 \\{simula-mode-map}
19284 Variables controlling indentation style:
19285 simula-tab-always-indent
19286 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
19287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19288 simula-indent-level
19289 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
19290 simula-substatement-offset
19291 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
19292 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
19293 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
19294 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
19295 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
19296 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
19297 simula-label-offset -4711
19298 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
19299 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
19300 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
19301 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
19302 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
19303 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
19304 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
19305 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
19306 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
19307 simula-electric-indent nil
19308 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
19309 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
19310 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
19311 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
19312 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
19313 or nil if they should not be changed.
19314 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
19315 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
19316 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
19317 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
19319 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
19320 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
19322 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
19323 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
19324 at all.
19326 \(fn)" t nil)
19328 ;;;***
19330 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
19331 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
19332 ;;;;;; (15912 26916))
19333 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
19335 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
19336 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
19338 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
19339 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
19340 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
19341 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
19342 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
19344 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
19346 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
19347 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
19348 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19349 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19350 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19351 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19352 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19354 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
19355 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
19356 ignored.
19358 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
19360 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
19361 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
19362 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19363 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19364 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19365 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19366 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19368 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
19369 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
19370 ignored.
19372 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
19374 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
19375 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
19377 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
19378 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
19379 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
19380 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
19382 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
19383 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
19384 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
19385 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
19387 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
19388 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
19389 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
19391 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
19392 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
19394 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
19395 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
19397 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
19398 _ interesting point, interregion here
19399 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
19400 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
19401 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
19402 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
19403 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
19404 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
19405 nil skipped
19407 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
19408 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
19410 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
19411 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
19412 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
19413 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
19414 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
19415 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
19416 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
19417 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
19419 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
19420 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
19421 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
19422 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
19423 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
19424 available:
19426 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
19427 then: insert previously read string once more
19428 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
19429 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
19430 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
19432 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
19433 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.
19435 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
19437 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
19438 Insert the character you type ARG times.
19440 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
19441 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
19442 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
19443 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
19444 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
19445 such as backslash.
19447 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
19448 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
19449 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
19451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19453 ;;;***
19455 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
19456 ;;;;;; (15935 44142))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
19459 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
19460 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
19461 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
19462 buffer names.
19464 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
19466 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
19467 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
19468 \\{smerge-mode-map}
19470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19472 ;;;***
19474 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
19475 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
19476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
19478 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
19479 Display textual smileys as images.
19480 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
19481 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
19482 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
19484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19486 ;;;***
19488 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
19489 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15935 48280))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
19492 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
19493 Not documented
19495 \(fn)" nil nil)
19497 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
19498 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
19500 \(fn)" t nil)
19502 ;;;***
19504 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
19507 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
19508 Play the Snake game.
19509 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
19511 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
19513 Snake mode keybindings:
19514 \\<snake-mode-map>
19515 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
19516 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
19517 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
19518 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
19519 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
19520 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
19521 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19525 ;;;***
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
19528 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
19531 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19532 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
19533 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19534 Tab indents for C code.
19535 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19537 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19538 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
19539 `snmp-mode-hook'.
19541 \(fn)" t nil)
19543 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19544 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
19545 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19546 Tab indents for C code.
19547 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19548 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19549 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19550 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
19551 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
19553 \(fn)" t nil)
19555 ;;;***
19557 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
19558 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
19559 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15935 46813))
19560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
19562 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
19563 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
19565 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
19566 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
19567 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
19569 For example, the form
19571 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
19572 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
19574 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
19576 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
19578 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
19579 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19581 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19582 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
19583 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
19584 York City.
19586 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19588 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
19590 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
19591 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19593 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19594 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
19595 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
19596 York City.
19598 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19600 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
19602 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
19603 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
19604 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
19605 pair.
19607 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19609 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
19611 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
19612 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
19613 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
19615 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
19616 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
19618 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19622 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
19623 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
19624 Requires floating point.
19626 \(fn)" nil nil)
19628 ;;;***
19630 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15935
19631 ;;;;;; 48681))
19632 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
19634 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
19635 Play Solitaire.
19637 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
19638 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
19639 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
19640 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
19641 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
19642 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
19643 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
19644 check after each move or undo)
19646 What is Solitaire?
19648 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
19649 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
19650 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
19652 Le Solitaire
19653 ============
19655 o o o
19657 o o o
19659 o o o o o o o
19661 o o o . o o o
19663 o o o o o o o
19665 o o o
19667 o o o
19669 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
19670 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
19671 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
19672 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
19674 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
19675 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
19676 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
19677 this: o o .
19679 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
19680 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
19682 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
19684 o o o
19686 . o o
19688 o o . o o o o
19690 o . o o o o o
19692 o o o o o o o
19694 o o o
19696 o o o
19698 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
19700 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
19702 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19704 ;;;***
19706 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
19707 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
19708 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15935 44159))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
19711 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
19712 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
19713 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
19715 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
19716 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
19717 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
19718 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
19719 contiguous.
19721 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
19722 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
19723 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19724 the sort order.
19726 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
19727 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
19729 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
19730 It moves point to the start of the next record.
19731 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
19732 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
19733 is called.
19735 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
19736 It should move point to the end of the record.
19738 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
19739 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
19740 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
19741 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
19742 starts at the beginning of the record.
19744 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
19745 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
19746 same as ENDRECFUN.
19748 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN)" nil nil)
19750 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
19751 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19752 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19753 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19754 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19755 the sort order.
19757 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19759 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
19760 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19761 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19762 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19763 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19764 the sort order.
19766 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19768 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
19769 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19770 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19771 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19772 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19773 the sort order.
19775 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19777 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
19778 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
19779 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19780 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
19781 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
19782 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
19783 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19784 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19785 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19787 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19789 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
19790 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
19791 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19792 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19793 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19794 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19795 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19796 the sort order.
19798 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19800 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
19801 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
19802 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
19803 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
19804 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
19805 is to be used for sorting.
19806 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
19807 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
19808 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
19809 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
19810 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
19812 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
19814 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19815 the sort order.
19817 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
19818 starting with the letter \"f\",
19819 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
19821 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
19823 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
19824 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
19825 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
19826 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
19827 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
19828 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
19829 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19830 the sort order.
19832 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
19833 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
19834 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
19835 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
19836 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
19838 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
19840 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
19841 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
19842 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
19844 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19846 ;;;***
19848 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
19849 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15935 44194))
19850 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
19852 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
19854 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
19855 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
19856 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
19857 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
19858 supported at a time.
19859 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
19860 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
19862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19864 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
19865 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
19866 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
19867 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
19869 \(fn)" t nil)
19871 ;;;***
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
19874 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
19877 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
19879 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
19880 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
19881 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
19882 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
19883 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
19884 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19888 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
19889 Check spelling of word at or before point.
19890 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
19891 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19895 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
19896 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
19897 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
19898 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
19899 for example, \"word\".
19901 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
19903 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
19904 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
19906 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19908 ;;;***
19910 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
19911 ;;;;;; 44944))
19912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
19914 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
19915 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
19917 \(fn)" t nil)
19919 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
19920 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
19922 \(fn)" nil nil)
19924 ;;;***
19926 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
19927 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase
19928 ;;;;;; sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15836
19929 ;;;;;; 39390))
19930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
19932 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
19933 Show short help for the SQL modes.
19935 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
19936 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
19938 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
19940 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
19941 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
19943 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
19945 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
19946 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
19947 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
19948 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
19949 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
19950 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
19951 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
19952 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
19954 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
19956 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
19957 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
19958 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
19959 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
19961 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
19962 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
19963 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
19964 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
19966 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
19967 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
19968 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
19970 \(fn)" t nil)
19972 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
19973 Major mode to edit SQL.
19975 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
19976 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
19977 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
19979 \\{sql-mode-map}
19980 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
19982 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
19983 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
19984 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
19985 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
19986 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
19987 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
19989 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
19990 `sql-interactive-mode'.
19992 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
19993 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
19994 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
19996 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
19997 (lambda ()
19998 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20000 \(fn)" t nil)
20002 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20003 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20007 `*SQL*'.
20009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20010 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20011 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20012 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20019 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20022 `default-process-coding-system'.
20024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20028 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20029 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20033 `*SQL*'.
20035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20036 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20037 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20038 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20040 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20045 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20048 `default-process-coding-system'.
20050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20052 \(fn)" t nil)
20054 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20055 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20059 `*SQL*'.
20061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20062 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20064 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20065 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20067 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20068 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20069 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20070 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20071 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20072 `default-process-coding-system'.
20074 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20078 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20079 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20081 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20083 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20084 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20085 `*SQL*'.
20087 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20088 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20089 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20090 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20092 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20093 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20095 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20096 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20097 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20098 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20099 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20100 `default-process-coding-system'.
20102 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20104 \(fn)" t nil)
20106 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20107 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20109 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20110 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20111 `*SQL*'.
20113 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20114 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20115 defaults, if set.
20117 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20118 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20121 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20122 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20123 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20125 `default-process-coding-system'.
20127 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20129 \(fn)" t nil)
20131 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20132 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20134 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20135 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20136 `*SQL*'.
20138 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20139 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20141 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20142 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20145 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20146 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20147 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20149 `default-process-coding-system'.
20151 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20153 \(fn)" t nil)
20155 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20156 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20158 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20159 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20160 `*SQL*'.
20162 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20163 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20164 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20165 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20167 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20171 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20172 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20173 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20175 `default-process-coding-system'.
20177 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20179 \(fn)" t nil)
20181 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
20182 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
20184 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20185 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20186 `*SQL*'.
20188 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
20189 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
20190 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
20191 `sql-postgres-options'.
20193 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20194 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20196 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20197 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20198 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20199 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20200 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20201 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
20202 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
20203 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
20205 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
20206 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
20208 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20210 \(fn)" t nil)
20212 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
20213 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
20215 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20216 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20217 `*SQL*'.
20219 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
20220 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20221 defaults, if set.
20223 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20224 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20228 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20231 `default-process-coding-system'.
20233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20235 \(fn)" t nil)
20237 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
20238 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
20240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20242 `*SQL*'.
20244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
20245 automatic login.
20247 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20248 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20250 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
20251 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
20252 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
20253 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
20255 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20256 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20257 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20258 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20259 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20260 `default-process-coding-system'.
20262 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20264 \(fn)" t nil)
20266 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
20267 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
20269 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20270 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20271 `*SQL*'.
20273 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
20274 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
20275 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20276 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
20277 parameters.
20279 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
20280 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
20281 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
20282 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
20283 an empty password.
20285 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20288 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
20289 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
20291 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20293 \(fn)" t nil)
20295 ;;;***
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
20298 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
20299 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
20300 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
20301 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15935
20302 ;;;;;; 44229))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
20305 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
20306 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
20307 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
20308 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
20309 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
20310 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
20312 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
20314 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
20315 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20316 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20317 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
20318 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
20319 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
20320 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20322 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20324 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20325 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20326 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20327 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
20328 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
20329 then complete the stroke with button 3.
20330 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20332 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20334 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
20335 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20336 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20338 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20340 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20341 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20342 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20344 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20346 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
20347 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
20349 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
20351 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
20352 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
20354 \(fn)" t nil)
20356 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
20357 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
20359 \(fn)" t nil)
20361 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
20362 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
20363 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
20364 chronologically by command name.
20365 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
20367 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
20369 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
20370 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
20371 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20373 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
20375 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
20377 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
20378 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
20379 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
20380 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
20381 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
20382 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
20383 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
20385 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
20386 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
20387 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
20388 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
20390 \\{strokes-mode-map}
20392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20394 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
20395 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
20396 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
20397 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
20399 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
20401 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20402 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
20404 \(fn)" t nil)
20406 ;;;***
20408 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
20409 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
20410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
20412 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
20413 Studlify-case the region.
20415 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
20417 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
20418 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
20420 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
20422 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
20423 Studlify-case the current buffer.
20425 \(fn)" t nil)
20427 ;;;***
20429 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
20430 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
20431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
20433 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
20434 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
20435 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
20436 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
20437 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
20438 original message but it does require a few things:
20440 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
20442 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
20443 reply buffer.
20445 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
20446 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
20447 original message.
20449 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
20451 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
20453 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
20454 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
20455 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
20457 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459 ;;;***
20461 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15935
20462 ;;;;;; 47054))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
20465 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
20466 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
20467 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
20468 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
20470 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
20471 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
20472 avoid a more expansive scan.
20473 Point is at POS when this function returns.
20475 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
20477 ;;;***
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
20482 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
20483 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
20484 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20485 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20486 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20490 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
20491 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
20492 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
20493 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
20494 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20495 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20496 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20500 ;;;***
20502 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
20503 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
20504 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
20505 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
20506 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
20507 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
20508 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
20509 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
20510 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
20511 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
20512 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
20513 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
20514 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15935 49285))
20515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
20517 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
20518 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
20519 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
20521 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
20523 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
20524 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
20526 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
20528 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
20529 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
20531 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
20533 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
20534 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
20536 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
20538 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
20539 Insert an editable text table.
20540 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
20541 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
20542 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
20543 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
20544 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
20545 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
20546 delimiting them.
20548 Examples:
20550 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
20552 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
20553 location of point.
20557 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
20558 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
20559 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
20560 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
20561 first cell.
20563 +-----+-----+-----+
20564 |-!- | | |
20565 +-----+-----+-----+
20567 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
20569 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
20570 width, which results as
20572 +--------------+-----+-----+
20573 |-!- | | |
20574 +--------------+-----+-----+
20576 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
20577 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
20579 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20580 | | |-!- |
20581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20583 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
20584 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
20585 width information to `table-insert'.
20587 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
20589 instead of
20591 Cell width(s): 5
20593 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
20594 work all together.
20596 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
20597 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
20599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20600 |-!- | | |
20601 | | | |
20602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20604 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
20606 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20607 |-!- | | |
20608 | | | |
20609 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20610 | | | |
20611 | | | |
20612 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20614 Move the point under the table as shown below.
20616 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20617 | | | |
20618 | | | |
20619 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20620 | | | |
20621 | | | |
20622 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20625 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
20626 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
20627 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
20629 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20630 | | | |
20631 | | | |
20632 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20633 | | | |
20634 | | | |
20635 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20636 |-!- | | |
20637 | | | |
20638 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20640 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
20641 results.
20643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20644 | | | |
20645 | | | |
20646 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20647 | | |Text editing inside the table |
20648 | | |cell produces reasonably |
20649 | | |expected results.-!- |
20650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20651 | | | |
20652 | | | |
20653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20655 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
20657 \\{table-cell-map}
20659 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
20661 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
20662 Insert N table row(s).
20663 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
20664 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
20665 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
20666 are appended at the bottom of the table.
20668 \(fn N)" t nil)
20670 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
20671 Insert N table column(s).
20672 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
20673 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
20674 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
20675 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
20677 \(fn N)" t nil)
20679 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
20680 Insert row(s) or column(s).
20681 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
20683 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
20685 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
20686 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
20687 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
20688 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
20689 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
20690 all the table specific features.
20692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20694 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
20695 Not documented
20697 \(fn)" t nil)
20699 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
20700 Recognize all tables within region.
20701 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
20702 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
20703 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
20704 specific features.
20706 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
20708 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
20709 Not documented
20711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20713 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
20714 Recognize a table at point.
20715 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
20716 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
20717 the table specific features.
20719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20721 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
20722 Not documented
20724 \(fn)" t nil)
20726 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
20727 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
20728 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
20729 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
20730 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
20731 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
20732 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
20734 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
20736 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
20737 Not documented
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20741 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
20742 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
20743 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
20744 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
20745 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
20746 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
20747 specified.
20749 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20751 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
20752 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
20753 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
20754 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
20755 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
20756 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
20757 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
20758 table structure.
20760 \(fn N)" t nil)
20762 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
20763 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
20764 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
20765 table's rectangle structure.
20767 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20769 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
20770 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
20771 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
20772 table's rectangle structure.
20774 \(fn N)" t nil)
20776 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
20777 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
20778 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20779 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
20780 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
20782 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
20784 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
20785 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
20786 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
20788 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
20789 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
20790 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
20791 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
20792 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
20793 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
20794 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
20796 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20797 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
20798 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
20799 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
20800 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
20801 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
20802 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20804 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
20805 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
20806 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
20807 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
20808 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
20809 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
20810 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
20811 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20813 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
20815 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
20816 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
20817 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20818 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
20820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20822 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
20823 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
20824 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
20826 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
20828 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
20829 Split current cell vertically.
20830 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
20832 \(fn)" t nil)
20834 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
20835 Split current cell horizontally.
20836 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
20838 \(fn)" t nil)
20840 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
20841 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
20842 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
20844 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
20846 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
20847 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
20848 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
20849 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
20851 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20853 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
20854 Justify cell contents.
20855 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
20856 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
20857 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
20858 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
20860 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
20862 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
20863 Justify cells of a row.
20864 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20865 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20867 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20869 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
20870 Justify cells of a column.
20871 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20872 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20874 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20876 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
20877 Toggle fixing width mode.
20878 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
20879 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
20880 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
20882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20884 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
20885 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
20886 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
20887 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
20888 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
20889 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
20890 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
20891 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
20892 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
20893 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
20894 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
20896 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
20898 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
20899 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
20900 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
20901 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
20902 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
20903 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
20904 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
20905 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
20906 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
20907 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
20908 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
20909 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
20910 untouched.
20912 References used for this implementation:
20914 HTML:
20915 http://www.w3.org
20917 LaTeX:
20918 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
20920 CALS (DocBook DTD):
20921 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
20922 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
20924 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
20926 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
20927 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
20928 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
20929 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
20930 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
20931 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
20932 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
20933 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
20934 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
20935 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
20936 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
20937 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
20938 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
20939 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
20940 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
20941 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
20942 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
20944 Example:
20946 (progn
20947 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
20948 (table-forward-cell 15)
20949 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
20950 (table-forward-cell 16)
20951 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
20952 (table-forward-cell 1)
20953 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
20955 (progn
20956 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
20957 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
20958 (table-forward-cell 1)
20959 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
20961 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20963 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
20964 Delete N row(s) of cells.
20965 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
20966 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
20967 consists from cells of same height.
20969 \(fn N)" t nil)
20971 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
20972 Delete N column(s) of cells.
20973 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
20974 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
20975 column must consists from cells of same width.
20977 \(fn N)" t nil)
20979 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
20980 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
20981 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
20982 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
20983 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
20984 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
20985 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
20986 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
20987 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
20988 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
20989 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
20990 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
20991 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
20992 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
20993 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
20996 Example 1:
20998 1, 2, 3, 4
20999 5, 6, 7, 8
21000 , 9, 10
21002 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21003 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21004 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21005 specified as 5.
21007 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21008 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21009 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21010 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21011 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21012 | | 9 | 10 | |
21013 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21015 Note:
21017 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21018 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21019 of each row is optional.
21022 Example 2:
21024 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21025 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21026 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21027 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21028 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21030 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21031 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21033 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21034 expression and raw delimiter regular
21035 expression, it parses the specified text
21036 area and extracts cell items from
21037 non-table text and then forms a table out
21038 of them.
21040 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21041 creates a single cell table. The text in
21042 the specified region is placed in that
21043 cell.-*-
21045 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21046 like this.
21048 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21049 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21050 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21052 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21053 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21054 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21055 | area and extracts cell items from |
21056 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21057 | of them. |
21059 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21060 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21061 | the specified region is placed in that |
21062 | cell. |
21063 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21065 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21066 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21067 independently.
21069 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21070 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21071 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21072 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21073 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21074 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21075 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21076 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21077 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21078 | |of them. |
21079 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21080 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21081 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21082 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21083 | |cell. |
21084 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21086 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21087 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21088 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21090 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21092 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21093 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21094 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21095 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21096 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21098 \(fn)" t nil)
21100 ;;;***
21102 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21105 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21106 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21108 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21110 ;;;***
21112 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15935 44314))
21113 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21115 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21116 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21117 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21118 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21119 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21120 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21121 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21123 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21124 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21125 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21126 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21128 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21129 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
21131 ;;;***
21133 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21134 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15935 48915))
21135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21137 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21138 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21139 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21140 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21141 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21142 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21144 Variables controlling indentation style:
21145 `tcl-indent-level'
21146 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21147 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21148 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21150 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21151 documentation for details):
21152 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21153 Controls action of TAB key.
21154 `tcl-auto-newline'
21155 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21156 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21157 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21158 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21159 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21161 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
21162 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
21163 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21164 already exist.
21166 Commands:
21167 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
21169 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21170 Run inferior Tcl process.
21171 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21172 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21174 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
21176 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
21177 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
21178 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
21180 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
21182 ;;;***
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15935 48476))
21185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
21186 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21188 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
21189 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21190 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
21191 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
21192 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
21193 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
21194 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21196 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21197 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
21199 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
21200 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21201 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
21202 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21204 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21206 ;;;***
21208 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15935
21209 ;;;;;; 44347))
21210 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
21212 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
21213 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
21214 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
21215 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
21216 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
21217 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
21219 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
21221 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
21222 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21223 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
21224 commands to use in that buffer.
21226 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
21228 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
21230 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
21231 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21233 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
21235 ;;;***
21237 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
21238 ;;;;;; 38811))
21239 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
21241 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
21242 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
21243 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
21244 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
21245 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
21246 program as keyboard input.
21248 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
21249 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
21250 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
21251 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
21253 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
21254 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
21255 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
21256 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
21257 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
21259 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
21261 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
21262 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
21263 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
21264 terminal-redisplay-interval.
21266 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
21267 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
21268 subprocess started.
21270 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
21272 ;;;***
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
21275 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (15765 63714))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
21278 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
21279 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
21280 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
21281 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
21282 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
21284 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
21286 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
21287 Start coverage on function under point.
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21291 ;;;***
21293 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
21296 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
21297 Play the Tetris game.
21298 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
21299 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
21300 as to form complete rows.
21302 tetris-mode keybindings:
21303 \\<tetris-mode-map>
21304 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
21305 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
21306 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
21307 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
21308 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
21309 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
21310 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
21311 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
21313 nil(fn)" t nil)
21315 ;;;***
21317 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
21318 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
21319 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21320 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
21321 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
21322 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
21323 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
21324 ;;;;;; (15878 13994))
21325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
21327 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
21328 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
21330 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
21332 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
21333 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
21334 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
21335 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
21336 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
21338 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
21340 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
21341 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
21342 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
21343 if it matches the first line of the file,
21344 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
21346 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
21348 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
21349 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
21350 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
21351 if the variable is non-nil.")
21353 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
21355 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
21356 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
21358 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
21360 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
21361 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
21362 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21363 See the documentation of that variable.")
21365 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21367 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
21368 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
21369 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21370 See the documentation of that variable.")
21372 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21374 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
21375 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
21376 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21377 See the documentation of that variable.")
21379 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21381 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
21382 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
21383 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
21384 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
21385 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
21389 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
21390 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
21391 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
21392 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21394 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
21396 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
21397 *User defined LaTeX block names.
21398 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
21400 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
21402 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
21403 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
21404 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21405 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21407 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
21409 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21410 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21411 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21412 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21414 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21416 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21417 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
21418 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21419 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
21421 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
21422 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
21423 for example,
21425 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21426 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
21428 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
21429 use.")
21431 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21433 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
21434 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
21435 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
21436 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21437 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
21439 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
21441 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
21443 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
21444 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
21445 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
21447 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
21449 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
21450 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
21451 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
21452 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
21453 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
21455 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
21457 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
21458 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21460 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
21462 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
21463 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21465 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
21467 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21468 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
21469 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
21470 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
21471 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
21472 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
21473 says which mode to use.
21475 \(fn)" t nil)
21477 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
21479 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
21481 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
21483 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21484 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
21485 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21486 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21487 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21489 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
21490 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
21491 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21492 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21493 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21494 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21495 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21497 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21498 mismatched $'s or braces.
21500 Special commands:
21501 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
21503 Mode variables:
21504 tex-run-command
21505 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21506 tex-directory
21507 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
21508 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21509 tex-dvi-print-command
21510 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21511 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21512 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21513 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21514 tex-dvi-view-command
21515 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21516 tex-show-queue-command
21517 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21518 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21520 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21521 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
21522 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21524 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21525 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
21526 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21527 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21528 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21530 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21531 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21532 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21533 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21534 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21535 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21536 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21538 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21539 mismatched $'s or braces.
21541 Special commands:
21542 \\{latex-mode-map}
21544 Mode variables:
21545 latex-run-command
21546 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21547 tex-directory
21548 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
21549 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21550 tex-dvi-print-command
21551 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21552 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21553 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21554 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21555 tex-dvi-view-command
21556 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21557 tex-show-queue-command
21558 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21559 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21561 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
21562 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
21563 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21565 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21566 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
21567 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21568 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21569 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21571 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21572 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21573 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21574 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21575 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21576 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21577 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21579 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21580 mismatched $'s or braces.
21582 Special commands:
21583 \\{slitex-mode-map}
21585 Mode variables:
21586 slitex-run-command
21587 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21588 tex-directory
21589 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
21590 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21591 tex-dvi-print-command
21592 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21593 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21594 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21595 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21596 tex-dvi-view-command
21597 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21598 tex-show-queue-command
21599 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21600 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21602 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21603 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
21604 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
21605 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21607 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
21608 Not documented
21610 \(fn)" nil nil)
21612 ;;;***
21614 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
21615 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15935 49285))
21616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
21618 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
21619 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
21620 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21621 name specified in the @setfilename command.
21623 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
21624 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
21625 Info-split to do these manually.
21627 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21629 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
21630 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
21631 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
21632 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
21633 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
21635 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
21637 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
21638 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
21639 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21640 names specified in the @setfilename command.
21642 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
21643 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
21644 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
21645 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
21647 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
21648 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
21650 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21652 ;;;***
21654 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
21655 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15935 49285))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
21658 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
21659 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21661 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
21663 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
21664 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21666 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
21668 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
21669 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
21671 It has these extra commands:
21672 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
21674 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
21675 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
21676 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
21677 modified version of TeX input format.
21679 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
21680 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
21681 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
21682 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
21684 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
21685 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
21686 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
21687 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
21688 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
21689 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
21690 in the Texinfo file.
21692 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
21693 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
21694 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
21695 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
21696 move forward past the closing brace.
21698 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
21699 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
21701 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
21702 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
21703 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
21705 Here are the functions:
21707 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
21708 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
21709 texinfo-sequential-node-update
21711 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
21712 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
21713 texinfo-master-menu
21715 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
21717 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
21718 which menu descriptions are indented.
21720 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
21721 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
21722 in the region.
21724 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
21725 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
21726 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
21727 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
21729 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
21730 be the first node in the file.
21732 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
21733 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
21735 ;;;***
21737 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
21738 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
21739 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15935 48150))
21740 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
21742 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
21743 Compose Thai characters in the region.
21744 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
21745 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
21747 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21749 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
21750 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
21752 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21754 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
21755 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21759 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
21760 Not documented
21762 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21764 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
21765 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
21766 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
21767 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
21768 to compose.
21770 The return value is number of composed characters.
21772 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21774 ;;;***
21776 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
21777 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
21778 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15935 44362))
21779 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
21781 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
21782 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
21784 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
21786 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21787 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
21788 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21789 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21790 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21792 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21793 a symbol as a valid THING.
21795 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
21796 of the textual entity that was found.
21798 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21800 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21801 Return the THING at point.
21802 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21803 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21804 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21806 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21807 a symbol as a valid THING.
21809 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21811 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21812 Not documented
21814 \(fn)" nil nil)
21816 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21817 Not documented
21819 \(fn)" nil nil)
21821 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21822 Not documented
21824 \(fn)" nil nil)
21826 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21827 Not documented
21829 \(fn)" nil nil)
21831 ;;;***
21833 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
21834 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
21835 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
21836 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
21837 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
21838 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15935 48150))
21839 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
21841 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
21842 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
21843 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
21845 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
21847 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
21848 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
21850 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21852 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
21853 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
21854 The returned string has no composition information.
21856 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21858 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21859 Compose Tibetan string STR.
21861 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21863 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21864 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
21866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21868 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21869 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
21870 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
21871 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21875 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21876 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
21877 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
21878 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21880 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21882 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
21883 Not documented
21885 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21887 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21888 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
21889 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
21891 \(fn)" t nil)
21893 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21894 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
21895 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
21897 \(fn)" t nil)
21899 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21900 Not documented
21902 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21904 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21905 Not documented
21907 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21909 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
21910 Not documented
21912 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21914 ;;;***
21916 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
21917 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
21918 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
21920 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
21921 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
21922 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21923 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21924 parameters.
21925 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21927 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21929 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
21930 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
21931 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21932 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21933 parameters.
21934 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21936 \(fn)" t nil)
21938 ;;;***
21940 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
21941 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15747 59317))
21942 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
21944 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
21945 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
21947 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
21949 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
21950 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21951 This display updates automatically every minute.
21952 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21953 are displayed as well.
21954 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21956 \(fn)" t nil)
21958 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
21959 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
21960 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21962 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
21964 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
21966 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
21967 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21968 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
21970 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
21971 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21972 are displayed as well.
21973 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21977 ;;;***
21979 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
21980 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
21981 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
21982 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
21983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
21985 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21986 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21988 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21990 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
21991 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
21993 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
21995 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
21996 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
21998 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22000 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22001 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22003 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22005 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22006 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22007 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22009 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22011 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22013 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22014 Subtract two time values.
22015 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22017 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22019 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22020 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22022 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22024 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22025 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22026 DATE should be a date-time string.
22028 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22030 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22031 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22032 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22034 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22036 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22037 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22039 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22041 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22042 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22044 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22046 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22047 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22048 TIME should be a time value.
22049 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22051 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22053 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22054 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22055 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22057 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22059 ;;;***
22061 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22062 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15931 55755))
22063 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22065 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22066 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22067 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22068 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22069 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22070 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22071 look like one of the following:
22072 Time-stamp: <>
22073 Time-stamp: \" \"
22074 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22075 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22076 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22077 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22078 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22079 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22080 template.
22082 \(fn)" t nil)
22084 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22085 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22086 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22090 ;;;***
22092 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22093 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22094 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22095 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22096 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
22097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22099 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22100 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22101 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
22102 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
22103 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
22104 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
22105 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
22106 \(non-nil means on).
22108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22110 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22111 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22112 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22113 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22114 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22115 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22116 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22117 this function is called within a day.
22119 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22120 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22121 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22122 discover the name of the project.
22124 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22126 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22127 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22128 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22129 begun during the last time segment.
22131 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22132 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22133 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22134 discover the reason.
22136 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22138 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22139 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22141 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22143 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22144 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22145 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22146 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22147 project you were working on.
22149 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22151 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22152 Ask the user before clocking out.
22153 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.
22155 \(fn)" nil nil)
22157 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22158 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22159 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
22161 \(fn)" t nil)
22163 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
22164 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
22165 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
22166 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
22167 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
22168 \"relative to today\".
22170 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22172 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
22173 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
22174 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
22175 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
22177 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
22179 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
22180 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
22181 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
22182 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
22183 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
22184 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
22185 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
22186 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
22187 non-nil.
22189 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
22194 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
22195 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15935 44381))
22196 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
22198 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
22200 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
22201 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
22203 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
22205 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
22206 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
22208 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
22210 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
22211 Perform an action at time TIME.
22212 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22213 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
22214 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
22215 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
22216 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
22217 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22219 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22221 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22223 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
22224 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
22225 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22226 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
22227 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22229 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22231 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22233 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
22234 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
22235 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
22236 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
22238 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
22240 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
22241 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
22242 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22243 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
22245 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
22246 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
22248 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22250 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22251 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22253 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
22254 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
22255 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
22256 The call should look like:
22257 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
22258 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
22259 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
22260 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
22261 be detected.
22263 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22265 ;;;***
22267 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
22268 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15935 48018))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
22271 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22272 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
22273 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
22274 the generated Quail package is saved.
22276 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
22278 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22279 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
22280 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
22281 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
22282 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
22283 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
22284 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
22286 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
22288 ;;;***
22290 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
22291 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
22293 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
22294 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
22295 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
22297 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
22298 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22299 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22300 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
22301 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
22303 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
22305 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
22306 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22307 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
22308 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
22309 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22311 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
22313 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
22314 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
22315 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
22316 in the menu in two ways:
22317 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
22318 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
22319 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
22321 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
22322 keymap or an alist of alists.
22323 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
22324 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
22326 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
22328 ;;;***
22330 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
22331 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
22332 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
22335 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
22336 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
22338 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
22340 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
22341 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
22343 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
22345 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
22346 Insert new TODO list entry.
22347 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
22348 category.
22350 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22352 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
22353 List top priorities for each category.
22355 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
22356 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
22358 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
22359 between each category.
22361 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22363 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
22364 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
22365 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
22366 between each category.
22368 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
22370 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22372 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
22373 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
22375 \\{todo-mode-map}
22377 \(fn)" t nil)
22379 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
22380 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
22382 \(fn)" nil nil)
22384 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
22385 Show TODO list.
22387 \(fn)" t nil)
22389 ;;;***
22391 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
22392 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
22393 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
22394 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
22396 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
22397 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
22398 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22400 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
22402 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
22404 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
22405 Toggle use of the tool bar.
22406 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
22408 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
22409 conveniently adding tool bar items.
22411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22413 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
22415 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
22416 Add an item to the tool bar.
22417 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
22418 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
22419 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
22420 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
22422 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
22423 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
22424 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
22426 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
22427 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
22429 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22431 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
22432 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
22433 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
22434 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
22435 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
22436 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
22438 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
22439 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
22440 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
22442 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22444 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22445 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22446 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
22447 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22448 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22449 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22450 properties to add to the binding.
22452 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22454 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
22455 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
22457 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22459 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22460 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22461 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
22462 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22463 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22464 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22465 properties to add to the binding.
22467 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22469 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22471 ;;;***
22473 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
22474 ;;;;;; (15935 44436))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
22477 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
22478 Mode for tooltip display.
22479 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
22481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22483 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
22484 Toggle tooltip-mode.
22485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22486 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
22488 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
22490 ;;;***
22492 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
22493 ;;;;;; 2747))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
22496 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22498 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22500 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
22501 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
22503 \(fn)" t nil)
22505 ;;;***
22507 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
22508 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
22509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
22511 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
22512 Set scroll margins.
22514 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
22516 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
22517 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
22519 \(fn)" t nil)
22521 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
22522 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
22524 \(fn)" t nil)
22526 ;;;***
22528 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15935 47054))
22529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
22531 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
22532 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
22533 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
22534 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
22535 to a tcp server on another machine.
22537 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
22539 ;;;***
22541 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
22542 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
22545 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
22546 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
22548 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
22550 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
22551 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
22552 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22553 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22554 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22555 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
22556 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
22557 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
22559 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22561 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
22562 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
22563 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22564 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22565 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22566 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
22567 the window or buffer configuration at all.
22569 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22571 ;;;***
22573 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
22574 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
22575 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15935 48476))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
22578 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
22579 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
22580 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
22582 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
22583 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22584 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22585 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22587 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
22588 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22589 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22590 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22592 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22593 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
22594 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
22595 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
22596 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
22597 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
22598 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
22599 files which are not really tramp files.
22601 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22602 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22603 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22604 updated after changing this variable.
22606 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22608 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
22610 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
22611 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22612 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22613 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22615 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
22616 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22617 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22618 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22620 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22621 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
22622 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
22624 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22625 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22626 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22627 updated after changing this variable.
22629 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22631 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
22633 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22634 Invoke tramp file name handler.
22635 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22637 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22639 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22640 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
22641 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22643 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22645 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
22647 ;;;***
22649 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
22650 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
22651 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
22652 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
22653 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
22654 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
22656 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
22657 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
22658 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
22659 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
22660 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
22661 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
22662 first and the associated buffer to its right.
22664 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22666 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
22667 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
22668 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
22669 accepting the proposed default buffer.
22671 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22673 \(fn)" t nil)
22675 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
22676 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
22677 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
22678 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
22679 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
22680 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
22681 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
22683 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
22684 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
22686 First column's text sSs Second column's text
22687 \\___/\\
22688 / \\
22689 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
22691 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22693 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22695 ;;;***
22697 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
22698 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
22699 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
22700 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
22703 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
22704 Toggle typing break mode.
22705 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
22706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22707 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
22709 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
22711 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
22712 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
22714 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
22716 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
22717 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
22719 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
22720 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
22721 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
22723 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
22724 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
22726 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
22728 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
22729 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
22730 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
22732 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
22733 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
22734 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
22735 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
22736 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
22737 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
22739 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
22740 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
22741 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
22742 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
22744 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
22745 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
22747 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
22748 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
22750 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
22752 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
22753 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
22754 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
22756 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
22757 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
22758 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
22759 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
22760 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
22761 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
22762 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
22764 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
22765 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
22767 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
22768 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
22769 reset the keystroke counter.
22771 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
22772 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
22773 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
22774 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
22776 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
22777 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
22778 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
22779 `type-break-schedule' command.
22781 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
22782 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
22783 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
22784 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
22785 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
22786 or not to continue.
22788 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
22789 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
22790 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
22791 approximate good values for this.
22793 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
22794 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
22796 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
22797 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
22798 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
22799 `type-break-warning-repeat'
22800 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
22801 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
22803 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
22804 a typing break occur. They include:
22806 `type-break-query-mode'
22807 `type-break-query-function'
22808 `type-break-query-interval'
22810 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
22812 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22814 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
22815 Take a typing break.
22817 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
22818 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
22820 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
22821 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
22823 \(fn)" t nil)
22825 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
22826 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
22827 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
22828 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
22830 \(fn)" t nil)
22832 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
22833 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
22835 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
22836 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
22837 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
22838 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
22839 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
22840 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
22841 average typing speed.)
22843 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
22844 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
22845 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
22846 the computed maximum threshold.
22848 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
22849 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
22850 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
22851 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
22852 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
22854 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
22856 ;;;***
22858 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
22859 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
22862 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
22863 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
22864 Works by overstriking underscores.
22865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22866 which specify the range to operate on.
22868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22870 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
22871 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
22872 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22873 which specify the range to operate on.
22875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22877 ;;;***
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
22880 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15930 33200))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
22883 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22884 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
22885 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
22887 \(fn)" t nil)
22889 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22890 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
22891 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
22892 following the containing message.
22894 \(fn)" t nil)
22896 ;;;***
22898 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
22899 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
22900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
22902 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22903 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
22904 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
22905 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
22906 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
22907 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
22909 \(fn)" nil nil)
22911 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22912 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
22914 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
22916 ;;;***
22918 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15935
22919 ;;;;;; 47054))
22920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
22922 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
22923 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
22924 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
22925 of symbols with local bindings.
22927 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
22929 ;;;***
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
22932 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
22935 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
22936 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
22937 This function has a choice of three things to do:
22938 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
22939 to refrain from editing the file
22940 return t (grab the lock on the file)
22941 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
22942 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
22943 in any way you like.
22945 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
22947 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
22948 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
22949 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
22950 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
22951 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
22953 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
22954 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
22956 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
22958 ;;;***
22960 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
22961 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
22962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
22964 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
22965 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
22966 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
22967 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
22969 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22971 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
22972 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
22973 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
22975 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22977 ;;;***
22979 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
22980 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
22981 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
22982 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
22983 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
22984 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
22985 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15935 44569))
22986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
22988 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
22989 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
22990 See `run-hooks'.")
22992 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
22994 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
22995 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
22996 See `run-hooks'.")
22998 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23000 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23001 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23002 See `run-hooks'.")
23004 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23006 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23007 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23009 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23011 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23012 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23013 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23014 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23015 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23016 somebody else, signal error.
23018 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23020 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23021 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23022 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23023 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23024 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23026 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23028 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23029 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23030 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23031 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23032 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23033 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23034 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23035 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23036 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23037 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23038 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23040 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23042 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23043 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23045 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23046 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23048 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23049 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23050 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23051 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23052 lock steals will raise an error.
23054 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23056 For RCS and SCCS files:
23057 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23058 control.
23059 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23060 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23061 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23062 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23063 it performs a revert.
23064 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23065 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23066 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23067 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23068 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23069 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23070 the option to steal the lock.
23072 For CVS files:
23073 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23074 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23075 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23076 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23077 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23078 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23079 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23080 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23081 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23083 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23085 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23086 Register the current file into a version control system.
23087 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23088 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23090 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23091 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23092 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23093 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23094 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23095 first backend that could register the file is used.
23097 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23099 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23100 Display diffs between file versions.
23101 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23102 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23103 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23104 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23105 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23106 saving the buffer.
23108 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23110 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23111 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23112 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23113 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23115 \(fn REV)" t nil)
23117 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23118 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23119 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23120 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23122 \(fn)" t nil)
23124 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23125 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23126 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23127 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23128 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23129 from the current branch.
23131 See Info node `Merging'.
23133 \(fn)" t nil)
23135 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23137 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23138 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
23140 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
23142 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
23143 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
23145 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
23147 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
23148 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
23149 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
23150 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
23151 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
23152 are checked out in that new branch.
23154 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
23156 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
23157 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
23158 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
23159 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
23160 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
23161 allowed and simply skipped).
23163 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
23165 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
23166 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
23168 \(fn)" t nil)
23170 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
23171 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
23172 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
23173 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
23174 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
23176 \(fn)" t nil)
23178 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
23179 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
23180 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
23181 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
23182 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
23183 the current branch are merged into the working file.
23185 \(fn)" t nil)
23187 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
23188 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
23189 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
23191 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
23193 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
23194 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
23195 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
23196 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
23197 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
23198 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
23199 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
23201 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
23203 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
23204 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
23205 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
23206 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
23207 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
23208 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
23209 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
23210 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
23211 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
23213 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
23215 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
23216 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
23218 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
23220 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
23221 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
23222 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
23223 directory.
23225 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
23227 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
23228 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
23229 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
23231 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
23232 log entries should be gathered.
23234 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23236 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
23237 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
23239 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
23240 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
23241 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
23242 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
23243 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
23244 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23246 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
23247 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
23248 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
23249 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
23250 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
23251 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
23252 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
23253 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23255 Customization variables:
23257 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
23258 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
23259 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
23260 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
23262 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
23264 ;;;***
23266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15883 3260))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
23268 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
23269 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23270 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23271 (load "vc-cvs")
23272 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
23274 ;;;***
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
23277 ;;;;;; (15935 44540))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
23280 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
23281 *Where to look for RCS master files.
23282 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23284 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
23285 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
23287 ;;;***
23289 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
23290 ;;;;;; (15935 44554))
23291 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
23293 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
23294 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
23295 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23297 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
23298 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
23300 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
23301 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
23302 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
23303 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
23305 ;;;***
23307 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
23308 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
23309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
23311 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
23312 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
23314 Usage:
23315 ------
23317 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
23318 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
23319 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
23320 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
23321 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
23322 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
23323 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
23324 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
23325 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
23326 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
23327 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
23328 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
23329 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
23330 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
23331 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
23332 The following abbreviations can also be used:
23333 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
23334 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
23335 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
23337 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
23338 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
23339 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
23341 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
23342 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
23343 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
23344 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
23345 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
23346 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
23347 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
23348 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
23349 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
23351 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
23352 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
23353 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
23354 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
23355 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
23356 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
23357 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
23358 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
23360 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
23361 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
23362 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
23364 - COMMENTS:
23365 `--' puts a single comment.
23366 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
23367 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
23368 comment in between.
23369 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
23370 following lines.
23371 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
23372 uncomments a region if already commented out.
23374 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
23375 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
23376 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
23377 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
23378 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
23379 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
23380 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
23381 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
23382 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
23383 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
23384 multi-line comments.
23386 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
23387 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
23388 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
23389 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
23390 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
23391 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
23392 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
23393 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
23394 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
23396 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
23397 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
23398 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
23399 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
23400 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
23401 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
23402 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
23403 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
23404 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
23405 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
23407 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
23408 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
23409 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
23410 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
23411 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
23412 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
23413 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
23414 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
23415 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
23416 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
23417 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
23418 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
23419 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
23421 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
23423 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
23424 menu).
23426 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
23428 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
23429 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
23430 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
23431 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
23432 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
23434 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
23435 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
23436 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
23437 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
23438 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
23439 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
23440 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
23441 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
23442 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
23444 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
23445 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
23446 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
23447 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
23448 specified.
23450 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
23451 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
23452 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
23453 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
23454 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
23455 the current directory for VHDL source files.
23457 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
23458 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
23459 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
23460 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
23461 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
23462 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
23463 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
23464 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
23465 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
23466 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
23467 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
23469 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
23470 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
23471 Math Packages.
23473 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
23474 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
23475 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
23476 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
23477 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
23478 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
23479 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
23480 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
23482 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
23483 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
23484 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
23485 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
23486 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
23487 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
23489 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
23490 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
23491 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
23492 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
23493 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
23495 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
23496 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
23497 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
23498 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
23499 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
23501 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
23502 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
23503 highlighted if written in lower case.
23505 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
23506 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
23507 is non-nil.
23509 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
23510 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
23511 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
23513 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
23514 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
23515 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
23517 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
23518 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
23519 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
23521 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
23522 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
23523 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
23524 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
23525 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
23526 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
23527 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
23529 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
23530 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
23531 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
23532 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
23533 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
23535 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
23536 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
23537 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
23538 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
23540 - HINTS:
23541 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
23544 Maintenance:
23545 ------------
23547 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
23548 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
23550 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23552 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
23553 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
23554 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
23555 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23557 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
23558 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
23559 version and release notes can be found.
23562 Bugs and Limitations:
23563 ---------------------
23565 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
23566 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
23567 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
23568 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
23569 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
23570 does not work under XEmacs.
23573 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
23574 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
23576 Key bindings:
23577 -------------
23579 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
23581 \(fn)" t nil)
23583 ;;;***
23585 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15935 47202))
23586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
23588 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
23589 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
23590 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
23591 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
23593 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
23594 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
23595 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
23596 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
23597 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
23599 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
23600 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
23602 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
23604 * Limitations and unsupported features
23605 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
23606 not supported.
23607 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
23608 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
23610 * Modifications
23611 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
23612 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
23613 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
23614 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
23615 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
23616 for undoing a repeated change command.
23617 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
23618 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
23619 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
23621 * Extensions
23622 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
23623 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
23624 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
23625 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
23626 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
23627 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
23628 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
23629 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
23631 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
23633 \(fn)" t nil)
23635 ;;;***
23637 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
23638 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
23639 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
23640 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15901 33692))
23641 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
23643 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
23644 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
23646 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
23648 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23649 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
23650 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23651 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23655 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23656 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
23658 \(fn)" t nil)
23660 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23661 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23662 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23663 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23665 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23667 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23668 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23670 \(fn)" t nil)
23672 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23673 Not documented
23675 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23677 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23678 Not documented
23680 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23682 ;;;***
23684 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
23685 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
23686 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15935
23687 ;;;;;; 44605))
23688 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
23690 (defvar view-mode nil "\
23691 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
23692 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
23693 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
23695 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
23697 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
23698 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23699 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23700 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23701 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23702 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23703 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23705 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23707 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23709 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
23710 View FILE in View mode in another window.
23711 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
23712 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23713 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23714 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23715 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23716 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23718 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23720 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23722 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
23723 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
23724 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
23725 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23726 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23727 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23728 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23729 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23731 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23733 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23735 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
23736 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23737 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23738 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23739 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23740 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23741 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23743 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23745 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23746 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23747 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23749 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23751 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
23752 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
23753 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23754 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23755 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23756 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23757 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23758 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23760 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23762 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23763 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23764 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23766 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23768 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
23769 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
23770 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23771 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23772 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23773 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23774 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23775 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23777 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23779 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23780 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23781 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23783 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23785 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
23786 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
23787 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
23789 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
23790 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
23791 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
23792 read-only.
23793 \\<view-mode-map>
23794 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
23795 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
23796 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
23797 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
23798 commands default to a repeat count of one.
23800 H, h, ? This message.
23801 Digits provide prefix arguments.
23802 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
23803 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
23804 > move to the end of buffer.
23805 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
23806 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
23807 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
23808 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
23809 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
23810 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23811 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23812 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23813 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
23814 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23815 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
23816 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
23817 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
23818 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
23819 Use this to view a changing file.
23820 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
23821 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
23822 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
23823 . set the mark.
23824 x exchanges point and mark.
23825 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
23826 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
23827 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
23828 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
23829 ' go to position saved in character register.
23830 s do forward incremental search.
23831 r do reverse incremental search.
23832 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
23833 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
23834 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
23835 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
23836 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
23837 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
23838 p searches backward for last regular expression.
23839 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
23840 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
23841 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
23842 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
23843 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
23844 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
23845 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
23846 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
23847 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
23848 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
23850 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
23851 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
23852 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
23853 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
23854 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
23855 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
23856 will return to that buffer.
23858 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23862 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
23863 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
23864 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
23865 `view-return-to-alist'.
23866 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
23867 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
23868 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
23870 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
23871 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
23872 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
23873 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
23874 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
23875 1) nil Do nothing.
23876 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
23877 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
23878 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
23879 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
23881 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23883 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23885 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
23887 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
23888 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23892 ;;;***
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15935 47202))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
23897 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
23898 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
23900 \(fn)" t nil)
23902 ;;;***
23904 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
23905 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
23906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
23908 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
23909 Toggle Viper on/off.
23910 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
23912 \(fn)" t nil)
23914 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
23915 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
23917 \(fn)" t nil)
23919 ;;;***
23921 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
23922 ;;;;;; (15832 5930))
23923 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
23925 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
23926 Function to generate warning prefixes.
23927 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
23928 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
23929 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
23930 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
23931 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
23932 the beginning of the warning.")
23934 (defvar warning-series nil "\
23935 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
23936 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
23937 which is the start of the current series; it means that
23938 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
23939 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
23940 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
23941 also call that function before the next warning.")
23943 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
23944 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
23946 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
23947 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
23948 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
23949 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
23951 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
23952 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
23953 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
23954 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23955 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
23956 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
23958 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23959 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23960 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23961 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
23962 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
23963 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
23964 :debug -- info for debugging only.
23966 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
23967 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
23969 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
23971 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
23972 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
23974 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
23976 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
23977 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23978 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23979 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
23981 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
23982 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23983 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
23984 can be whatever you like.)
23986 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23987 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23988 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23989 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
23990 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
23992 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23994 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
23995 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23996 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23997 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
23998 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
24000 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24002 ;;;***
24004 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15935 48476))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
24007 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
24008 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
24010 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
24011 hotlist.
24013 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
24014 <nwv@acm.org>.
24016 \(fn)" t nil)
24018 ;;;***
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
24021 ;;;;;; (15935 44700))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
24024 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
24026 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
24027 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
24028 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24030 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
24032 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
24034 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
24035 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
24036 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
24037 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
24039 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
24040 and off otherwise.
24042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24044 ;;;***
24046 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
24047 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
24048 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
24049 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
24050 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
24051 ;;;;;; (15851 63104))
24052 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
24054 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
24055 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
24057 \(fn)" t nil)
24059 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
24060 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
24062 \(fn)" t nil)
24064 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
24065 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
24067 \(fn)" t nil)
24069 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
24070 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
24072 \(fn)" t nil)
24074 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
24075 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
24077 \(fn)" t nil)
24079 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
24080 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
24081 These are:
24082 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
24083 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
24084 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
24085 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
24086 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
24088 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
24089 and:
24090 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
24091 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
24093 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24095 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
24096 Check the region for whitespace errors.
24098 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24100 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
24101 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
24103 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
24104 whitespace problems.
24106 \(fn)" t nil)
24108 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
24109 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
24111 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24113 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
24114 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
24115 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24117 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
24119 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
24121 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
24122 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
24123 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
24125 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
24126 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
24128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24130 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
24131 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
24132 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
24134 \(fn)" t nil)
24136 ;;;***
24138 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
24139 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15935 44721))
24140 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
24142 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
24143 Browse the widget under point.
24145 \(fn POS)" t nil)
24147 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
24148 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
24150 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
24152 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
24153 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
24155 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
24157 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
24158 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
24159 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
24161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
24166 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15867
24167 ;;;;;; 16241))
24168 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
24170 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
24171 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
24173 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
24175 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
24176 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
24177 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
24179 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
24181 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
24182 Create widget of TYPE.
24183 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
24185 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24187 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
24188 Delete WIDGET.
24190 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
24192 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
24193 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
24195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24197 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
24198 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
24199 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
24201 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
24202 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
24204 \(fn)" nil nil)
24206 ;;;***
24208 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
24209 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
24210 ;;;;;; 685))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
24213 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
24214 Select the window to the left of the current one.
24215 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24216 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
24217 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
24218 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
24219 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24223 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
24224 Select the window above the current one.
24225 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
24226 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
24227 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
24228 negative ARG) of the current window.
24229 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24233 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
24234 Select the window to the right of the current one.
24235 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24236 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
24237 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
24238 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
24239 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24243 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
24244 Select the window below the current one.
24245 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24246 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
24247 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
24248 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
24249 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24253 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
24254 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
24255 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
24256 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
24258 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
24260 ;;;***
24262 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
24263 ;;;;;; (15935 44772))
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
24266 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
24267 Toggle winner-mode.
24268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24269 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
24271 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
24273 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
24274 Toggle Winner mode.
24275 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
24277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24279 ;;;***
24281 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
24282 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15930 37838))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
24285 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
24286 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
24287 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
24288 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
24289 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
24290 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
24291 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
24292 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
24294 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
24295 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
24297 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
24299 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
24300 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
24302 \(fn)" t nil)
24304 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
24305 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
24306 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
24307 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
24308 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
24309 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
24310 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
24311 `woman' command for further details.
24313 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
24315 ;;;***
24317 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
24318 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
24321 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
24322 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
24324 BUGS:
24325 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
24326 are not implemented
24327 - Options for search and replace
24328 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
24329 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
24331 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
24332 Emacs-like.
24334 The key bindings are:
24336 C-a backward-word
24337 C-b fill-paragraph
24338 C-c scroll-up-line
24339 C-d forward-char
24340 C-e previous-line
24341 C-f forward-word
24342 C-g delete-char
24343 C-h backward-char
24344 C-i indent-for-tab-command
24345 C-j help-for-help
24346 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
24347 C-l ws-repeat-search
24348 C-n open-line
24349 C-p quoted-insert
24350 C-r scroll-down-line
24351 C-s backward-char
24352 C-t kill-word
24353 C-u keyboard-quit
24354 C-v overwrite-mode
24355 C-w scroll-down
24356 C-x next-line
24357 C-y kill-complete-line
24358 C-z scroll-up
24360 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
24361 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
24362 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
24363 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
24364 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
24365 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
24366 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
24367 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
24368 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
24369 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
24370 C-k b ws-begin-block
24371 C-k c ws-copy-block
24372 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
24373 C-k f find-file
24374 C-k h ws-show-markers
24375 C-k i ws-indent-block
24376 C-k k ws-end-block
24377 C-k p ws-print-block
24378 C-k q kill-emacs
24379 C-k r insert-file
24380 C-k s save-some-buffers
24381 C-k t ws-mark-word
24382 C-k u ws-exdent-block
24383 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
24384 C-k v ws-move-block
24385 C-k w ws-write-block
24386 C-k x kill-emacs
24387 C-k y ws-delete-block
24389 C-o c wordstar-center-line
24390 C-o b switch-to-buffer
24391 C-o j justify-current-line
24392 C-o k kill-buffer
24393 C-o l list-buffers
24394 C-o m auto-fill-mode
24395 C-o r set-fill-column
24396 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
24397 C-o wd delete-other-windows
24398 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
24399 C-o wo other-window
24400 C-o wv split-window-vertically
24402 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
24403 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
24404 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
24405 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
24406 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
24407 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
24408 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
24409 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
24410 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
24411 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
24412 C-q a ws-query-replace
24413 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
24414 C-q c end-of-buffer
24415 C-q d end-of-line
24416 C-q f ws-search
24417 C-q k ws-to-block-end
24418 C-q l ws-undo
24419 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
24420 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
24421 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
24422 C-q w ws-last-error
24423 C-q y ws-kill-eol
24424 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24428 ;;;***
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15935
24431 ;;;;;; 44818))
24432 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
24434 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
24435 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
24436 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24438 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
24440 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
24442 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
24443 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
24444 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
24446 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
24448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24450 ;;;***
24452 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
24453 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
24456 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
24457 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
24459 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
24461 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
24462 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
24464 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
24466 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
24467 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
24468 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
24470 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
24472 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
24473 Zippy goes to the analyst.
24475 \(fn)" t nil)
24477 ;;;***
24479 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
24480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
24482 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
24483 Zone out, completely.
24485 \(fn)" t nil)
24487 ;;;***
24489 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
24490 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15935 48476))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
24493 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
24494 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
24496 \(fn)" t nil)
24498 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
24499 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
24501 Zone-mode does two things:
24503 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
24504 when saving the file
24506 - fontification" t nil)
24508 ;;;***
24510 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
24511 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
24512 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
24513 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
24514 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
24515 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
24516 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
24517 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
24518 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
24519 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
24520 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
24521 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
24522 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
24523 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
24524 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
24525 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
24526 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
24527 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
24528 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
24529 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
24530 ;;;;;; "cus-theme.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
24531 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
24532 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
24533 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
24534 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
24535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
24536 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
24537 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
24538 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
24539 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
24540 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
24541 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
24542 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
24543 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
24544 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
24545 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
24546 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
24547 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
24548 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
24549 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
24550 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
24551 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
24552 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
24553 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
24554 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
24555 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el"
24556 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
24557 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
24558 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
24559 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
24560 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
24561 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
24562 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
24563 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
24564 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
24565 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
24566 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
24567 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
24568 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
24569 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
24570 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
24571 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
24572 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
24573 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
24574 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
24575 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
24576 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
24577 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
24578 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
24579 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
24580 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
24581 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
24582 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
24583 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
24584 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
24585 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
24586 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
24587 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
24588 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
24589 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
24590 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
24591 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
24592 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
24593 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
24594 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
24595 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
24596 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
24597 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
24598 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
24599 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
24600 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
24601 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el"
24602 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el"
24603 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
24604 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
24605 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
24606 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
24607 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
24608 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
24609 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
24610 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
24611 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
24612 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
24613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
24614 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
24615 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
24616 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
24617 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "regi.el"
24618 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
24619 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
24620 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
24621 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
24622 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
24623 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
24624 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
24625 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
24626 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
24627 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
24628 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
24629 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
24630 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
24631 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
24632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24633 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
24634 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
24635 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
24636 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
24637 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
24638 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "xscheme.el") (15937 17172 70907))
24640 ;;;***
24642 ;;; Local Variables:
24643 ;;; version-control: never
24644 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
24645 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
24646 ;;; End:
24647 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here